WO2021077832A1 - One-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium - Google Patents

One-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021077832A1
WO2021077832A1 PCT/CN2020/104945 CN2020104945W WO2021077832A1 WO 2021077832 A1 WO2021077832 A1 WO 2021077832A1 CN 2020104945 W CN2020104945 W CN 2020104945W WO 2021077832 A1 WO2021077832 A1 WO 2021077832A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
preset
touch operation
touch
handed mode
area
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/104945
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
肖明
李凌志
陆伟峰
朱荣昌
刘雄伟
洪帆
Original Assignee
深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201911023608.5A external-priority patent/CN110806833A/en
Priority claimed from CN201911085920.7A external-priority patent/CN110944084B/en
Application filed by 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Publication of WO2021077832A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021077832A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/445Program loading or initiating
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/725Cordless telephones

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of terminals, in particular to a single-handed mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium.
  • the user is identified as the left-handed operation mode or the right-handed operation mode.
  • the user's operation mode is recognized as the right-handed operation mode; if the user's finger sliding acceleration gradually decreases from left to right, the user's operation mode is recognized as the left-handed operation mode Mode of operation.
  • how to quickly control the phone to turn on the one-handed mode is still under constant research.
  • the purpose of this application is to provide a single-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium, aiming to solve the technical problem that the current user cannot quickly control the terminal to turn on the single-handed mode, and the user's operation is not convenient.
  • the purpose of this application is to provide a single-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to start the single-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a single-handed mode control method, which is applied to a terminal supporting touch function, and includes:
  • the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a single-handed mode control method, which is applied to a terminal supporting touch function, and includes:
  • the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal that supports a touch function.
  • the terminal includes a processor and a storage device for storing a program; when the program is executed by the processor, the processor realizes The one-handed mode control method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium storing a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the one-handed mode control method as described in the first or second aspect is implemented.
  • the one-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present application are applied to a terminal that supports a touch function and include: acquiring touch operation information, and the touch operation includes a first touch Operation and second touch operation; when it is determined that the touch operation information meets a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the terminal obtains the first touch operation information and the second touch operation information, and when the touch operation information satisfies the preset condition, turns on the one-handed mode, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the operation is convenient and the user experience is improved.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between a preset area and each single-handed mode in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram 1 of a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the position of the touch operation on the touch screen in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 2 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a contact area of a touch operation on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 3 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a trigger object of a touch operation on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a specific flow chart of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a contact shape of a touch operation on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram 5 of a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram 6 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram 7 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of touch trajectories of touch operations on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram eight of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 16 is a schematic flowchart of another single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a specific flow chart of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • a single-handed mode control method provided by this embodiment of the application is applied to a terminal that supports a touch function.
  • the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S11 Acquire touch operation information, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
  • Step S12 When the touch operation information meets a preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the terminal may be a mobile terminal device supporting touch function, such as a smart phone, a personal digital assistant, or a tablet computer, or a fixed terminal device supporting touch function, such as a desktop computer.
  • the terminal is provided with a single-handed mode. In the single-handed mode, the terminal can adjust the display area according to the user's operation, so that the user can conveniently control the display area of the terminal with one hand.
  • the terminal supporting a touch function may be that the terminal is provided with a touch screen, and the touch screen may be a capacitive touch screen or the like.
  • the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking, pressing, and touching on the touch screen with different fingers of the user.
  • the touch operation when the user clicks with a finger on the touch screen, the touch operation may be a finger click operation; when the user uses a finger to press on the touch screen, the touch operation may be a finger pressing operation.
  • the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be simultaneous operations or serial operations.
  • the first touch operation and the second touch operation are simultaneous operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are maintained in a state of being in the same period of time, such as 3 seconds,
  • the user's left thumb and right thumb respectively touch the touch screen of the terminal and remain in contact for the same period of time, it means that the first touch operation corresponding to the left thumb and the second touch operation corresponding to the right thumb are simultaneous operations .
  • first touch operation and the second touch operation are serial operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation exist in a sequence, and the first touch operation may be detected first. After the first touch operation is completed, the second touch operation is detected, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation do not exist at the same time.
  • the terminal may be set with a single-handed mode, or may be set with multiple single-handed modes, such as a left-handed single-handed mode and a right-handed single-handed mode.
  • the activation of the single-handed mode may be to enable
  • the default one-handed mode can also be the left-handed one-handed mode or the right-handed one-handed mode.
  • step S11, the acquiring touch operation information includes:
  • the touch operation information is acquired.
  • the terminal determines whether the touch operation meets a preset rule, and when the touch operation meets the preset rule, acquires the touch operation information.
  • the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking or sliding performed by the user's finger on the touch screen of the terminal, or may be the user using a specific device such as a device connected to the terminal.
  • the operation performed by the input device on the touch screen of the terminal is preset.
  • the preset rule can be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset rule includes: the first touch operation is located in a first preset area and the second touch operation is located in In the second preset area, the operation time of the first touch operation and the operation time of the second touch operation meet the preset time condition, the fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation meet the preset At least one of the fingerprint conditions.
  • a first preset area and a second preset area may be preset on the terminal, and the first preset area and the second preset area may be different areas of the same button, or all Two different areas separated on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the terminal is a mobile phone
  • the first preset area is the left area of the mobile phone touch screen
  • the second preset area is the right area of the mobile phone touch screen
  • the operation time may be set according to actual conditions, and may refer to the time when the terminal receives the touch operation.
  • the meeting the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation.
  • the difference between the operation time of the operation is within the set time interval, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation are detected within the set time interval.
  • the time interval can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on.
  • the operation time may refer to the duration of the touch operation, and may also be referred to as the touch duration.
  • the satisfaction of the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation
  • the operating time of is greater than a preset time threshold, and the time threshold can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on.
  • the terminal is a mobile phone
  • the first preset area is the left area of the mobile phone touch screen
  • the second preset area is the right area of the mobile phone touch screen
  • the satisfaction of the preset fingerprint condition may mean that the fingerprint used for the first touch operation is the first preset fingerprint and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation is the second preset fingerprint.
  • a fingerprint collection module such as a fingerprint collection sensor, may be provided in the terminal.
  • the terminal can acquire fingerprint information of the finger accordingly. That is to say, the terminal can obtain the fingerprint used for the touch operation, and then can determine whether the fingerprint used for the touch operation is a preset fingerprint. Taking the first preset fingerprint as the left thumb fingerprint and the second preset fingerprint as the right thumb fingerprint as an example, the terminal detects that the fingerprint of the first touch operation is the user's left thumb fingerprint and the second fingerprint.
  • the fingerprint used for the touch operation is the fingerprint of the user's right thumb
  • the fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation meet the preset fingerprint conditions.
  • the touch operation information is acquired only when it is detected that the touch operation meets the preset rules, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally triggering the one-handed mode control operation by accidentally performing touch operations such as touching or clicking on the touch screen.
  • the accuracy of single-handed mode control further enhances the user experience.
  • the preset area may correspond to different single-handed modes.
  • the left side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode
  • the right side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode.
  • the first preset area and the second preset area can be divided into at least two different areas, such as the left area and the right area, and when the one-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area needs to be turned on , The corresponding single-handed mode can be activated in the area where the first preset area is located according to the first touch operation.
  • the left side of the first preset area 1 and the second preset area 2 respectively correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side respectively correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode. If it is determined that the first preset area needs to be turned on, the corresponding And the first touch operation is on the left side of the first preset area, the left-handed single-handed mode can be turned on.
  • the touch operation information may include: the position of the touch operation, the contact area of the touch operation, the contact shape of the touch operation, the touch pressure of the touch operation, the trigger object that triggers the touch operation, and the touch operation At least one of the touch duration of the touch operation, the touch trajectory of the touch operation, and the number of touches of the touch operation. It is understandable that, in addition to the above-mentioned information, the touch operation information may also include the type of touch operation, such as single click, double click, and multiple clicks classified according to the number of clicks. According to the difference of the touch operation information, the preset conditions corresponding to the touch operation information are also different.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition; the contact area of the touch operation satisfies the area preset condition; the contact of the touch operation The shape satisfies the shape preset condition; the touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition; the trigger object of the touch operation satisfies the object preset condition, and the trigger object satisfies the object preset condition, including:
  • the trigger object is at least one of a preset finger and a preset input device connected to the terminal; the touch duration of the touch operation satisfies the preset duration condition; the touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition Set conditions; the number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times.
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first A preset time condition, and/or, the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on; and/or, when the first The touch pressure of the touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset pressure condition, and/or the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset Set the pressure condition and turn on the single-handed mode; and/or, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset trajectory condition, and/or, the second touch The touch control operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset track condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on; and/or, when the first touch operation is in the first preset area, the touch control The number of
  • the terminal obtains the first touch operation information and the second touch operation information, and when the touch operation information meets a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on to achieve In this way, the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S101 Obtain the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation
  • Step S102 When the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the terminal supporting the touch function acquires the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation, and detects whether the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, and if so, turns on the one-handed mode.
  • the preset condition for meeting the position may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset condition for meeting the position may be that the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation are located in a preset area.
  • the satisfaction of the position preset condition may be the result of the first touch operation
  • the position and the position of the second touch operation are located in the first preset area or the second preset area, or correspondingly located in the first preset area and the second preset area.
  • the terminal determines, according to the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation, that the first touch operation is located in a first preset area and the second touch operation is located in a second preset area , The one-handed mode will be turned on.
  • the terminal can determine which one to turn on according to information such as whether the first touch operation and the second touch operation correspond to the position in the preset area.
  • One-handed mode is the case where the terminal is set with two single-handed modes.
  • the meeting the position preset condition includes: when the first touch operation is located in the first preset area, the second touch operation is not located in the second preset area; or, when the The first touch operation is not in the first preset area, and the second touch operation is in the second preset area; or, when the first touch operation is in the first preset area , The second touch operation is located in the second preset area. It should be noted that when the terminal is set to only one type of single-handed mode, if the first touch operation and the second touch operation meet the above-mentioned position preset conditions, the single-handed mode will be turned on mode.
  • the terminal When the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the first touch operation is located in the first preset area and the second touch operation is not located in the second preset area, it may be to turn on The single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area; if the first touch operation is not located in the first preset area, the second touch operation Located in the second preset area, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; if the first touch operation is located in the second preset area A preset area, the second touch operation is located in the second preset area, and the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch control of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can be detected At least one of pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, number of touches and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
  • the first touch operation when the first touch operation is located in the first preset area and the second touch operation is located in the second preset area, if the first touch operation ends The time is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, that is, the time when the first touch operation leaves the first preset area is earlier than the time when the second touch operation leaves the second preset area Area, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the second The end time of the touch operation, that is, the time when the first touch operation leaves the first preset area is later than the time when the second touch operation leaves the second preset area, then it can be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area.
  • the first preset area and the second preset area may be different areas of the same button, or may be two different areas separated on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode
  • the first preset area and the second preset area are two separate areas, and when the first touch operation is located in the first In the preset area, the position preset condition is satisfied only when the second touch operation is located in the second preset area as an example. See FIG. 4, which is a schematic diagram of the position of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment. a and position b are generated by the user’s different fingers performing touch operations on the touch screen.
  • the terminal Only when the position a corresponding to the first touch operation is located in the first preset area 1, the position b corresponding to the second touch operation is located in the first preset area 1. 2.
  • the preset area 2 that is, when the position a and the position b are respectively located in the corresponding preset area, that is, in the corresponding box, the terminal starts the one-handed mode.
  • the terminal acquires the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation, and when the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, the single-handed operation is activated.
  • the hand mode realizes that the user can quickly control the terminal to start the one-hand mode, which is convenient to operate and improves the user experience.
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The control duration satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first duration threshold, etc.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset time condition may be the second The touch duration of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second duration threshold, etc., and the preset first duration threshold and the preset second duration threshold may be equal or not equal.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch duration of the operation in the first preset area does not satisfy the first preset time condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset duration condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition and the second touch operation When the touch time length of the second preset area meets the second preset time condition, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch
  • the single-handed mode is activated only when the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of the single-handed activation Mode, further enhance the user experience.
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The control pressure satisfies the first preset pressure condition, and/or the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset pressure condition, and the one-handed mode is activated.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset pressure condition may be that the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first pressure threshold, etc.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset pressure condition may be the second The touch pressure of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second pressure threshold, etc., and the preset first pressure threshold and the preset second pressure threshold may be equal or not equal.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch pressure of the operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset pressure condition and the second touch operation is in the second preset area, the touch pressure meets the second preset pressure condition,
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset pressure condition and the second touch operation When the touch pressure of the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch duration, touch track, number of touches
  • the single-handed mode is turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of turning on the single-handed mode. Mode, further enhance the user experience.
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The control trajectory satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, and/or the touch trajectory of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset trajectory condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset trajectory condition may be that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a preset first trajectory, etc.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset trajectory condition may be the second touch operation
  • the touch trajectory of is a preset second trajectory, etc., and the preset first trajectory and the preset second trajectory may be the same or different.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition and In the second touch operation, when the touch trajectory of the second preset area does not meet the second preset trajectory condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch trajectory operated in the first preset area does not satisfy the first preset trajectory condition and the second touch operation is operated in the second preset area the touch trajectory satisfies the second preset trajectory condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition and the second touch operation When the touch trajectory of the second preset area meets the second preset trajectory condition, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch duration,
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The number of controls meets the first preset number condition, and/or, the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • condition for meeting the first preset number of times may be that the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first number threshold, etc.
  • condition for meeting the second preset number of times may be the first The number of touches of the two-touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second number threshold, etc., and the preset first number threshold and the preset second number threshold may be equal or not equal.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the number of touches operating in the first preset area does not meet the first preset number condition and the second touch operation, the number of touches operating in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the condition of the first preset number and the second touch operation When the number of touches in the second preset area meets the condition of the second preset number of times, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch duration, touch track, contact
  • the single-handed mode is turned on only when the number of touches in the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset frequency condition, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of turning on the single-handed mode. Mode, further enhance the user experience.
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is in contact with the first preset area The area satisfies the first preset area condition, and/or, the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset area condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset area condition may be that the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first area threshold, etc.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset area condition may be the second touch operation.
  • the contact area of the control operation is equal to or greater than the preset second area threshold, etc., and the preset first area threshold and the preset second area threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition and the In the second touch operation, when the contact area of the second preset area does not meet the second preset area condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be turned on; when the first touch operation is When the contact area of the first preset area does not meet the first preset area condition and the second touch operation, when the contact area of the second preset area meets the second preset area condition, the The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area; when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition and the second touch operation is in the second When the contact area of the preset area meets the second preset
  • At least one of the touch duration, touch track, number of touches, contact shape and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
  • the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition
  • only the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition, and/or, so Only when the contact area of the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset area condition can the single-handed mode be turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of the single-handed mode. Further enhance the user experience.
  • turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is in contact with the first preset area The shape satisfies the first preset shape condition, and/or the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset shape condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset shape condition may be that the contact shape of the first touch operation is a preset first shape or the like, and the preset first shape may be a finger shape or the like.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset shape condition may be that the contact shape of the second touch operation is a preset second shape or the like, and the preset second shape may be a finger shape or the like. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition and the In the second touch operation, when the contact shape of the second preset area does not meet the second preset shape condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be turned on; when the first touch operation is When the contact shape of the first preset area does not meet the first preset shape condition and the second touch operation, when the contact shape of the second preset area meets the second preset shape condition, the The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area; when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition and the second touch operation is in the second When the contact shape of the preset area sati
  • Control at least one of the pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, touch times and other information, and turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result.
  • the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition
  • only the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition, and/or, so Only when the contact shape of the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset shape condition can the single-handed mode be turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of the single-handed mode. Further enhance the user experience.
  • the touch operation information is the contact area of the touch operation as an example.
  • FIG. 5 is a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application. As a schematic diagram, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S201 Obtain the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation;
  • Step S202 When the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition, turn on the single-handed mode.
  • the terminal that supports the touch function obtains the contact area of the first touch operation and detects whether the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition, and if so, turns on one-handed mode.
  • the preset condition for satisfying the area may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset condition for satisfying the area may be that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or Greater than a preset area threshold, the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than or smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation, and so on. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the predetermined condition of meeting area is that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a predetermined area threshold, Then, when the terminal determines that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, and may be the contact area of the first touch operation and the second touch operation.
  • the contact area of the two touch operations is equal to or greater than the same preset area threshold, or the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset area threshold and the contact area of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than A second preset area threshold, where the first preset area threshold and the second preset area threshold are different.
  • the terminal may determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the size of the contact area of the first touch operation and the second touch operation.
  • the meeting the predetermined condition of the area includes: when the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation; or, when the contact area of the first touch operation is The contact area is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation; or, when the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to the contact area of the second touch operation.
  • the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, if the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation if the contact area of the first touch operation is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation, the second touch operation may be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to the contact area of the second touch operation, the At least one of the end time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, contact shape, touch pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, touch times and other information, and turn on the corresponding One-handed mode.
  • the touch duration of the first touch operation when the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to the contact area of the second touch operation, if the touch duration of the first touch operation is shorter than the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, and if the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation, it can be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
  • the terminal is only configured with a single-handed mode and the area preset is satisfied when the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are both equal to or greater than the preset area threshold.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of the contact area of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment, where c represents the contact area corresponding to the first touch operation, and d represents the contact area corresponding to the second touch operation, respectively Generated for the user's different fingers to perform touch operations on the touch screen. Only when c and d are both equal to or greater than the preset area threshold, the terminal will start the single-handed mode.
  • step S202 when the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
  • the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset area condition
  • the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset area condition turns on the one-handed mode.
  • the first preset area condition may be satisfied when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, or it may be the first touch operation.
  • the contact area of the control operation in the first preset area is larger than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area.
  • the contact area of the area is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area.
  • the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be that the first touch operation is in all
  • the area difference between the contact area of the first preset area and the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set first area threshold
  • the first touch The contact area of the operation in the first preset area is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be the contact of the first touch operation in the first preset area
  • the area difference between the area and the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area is smaller than a set second area threshold.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset area condition may be that the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, or it may be the second touch operation.
  • the contact area of the operation in the second preset area is larger than the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area
  • the contact area of is smaller than the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area.
  • the second touch operation when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition, the second touch operation is in When the contact area of the second preset area does not meet the second preset area condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; The contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset area condition, and the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset area condition When the second touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; when the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first Two preset area conditions, the first touch operation may further detect the first touch operation and the second touch when the contact area of the first preset area meets the first preset area condition At least one of the information such as the end time of the operation, the contact shape, the touch pressure,
  • the terminal obtains the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation, and when the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition , Turn on the one-handed mode, realize that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • FIG. 7 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S301 Obtain the trigger object that triggers the first touch operation and the trigger object that triggers the second touch operation;
  • Step S302 When the object triggered by the touch operation meets the object preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the terminal that supports the touch function obtains the trigger object that triggers the first touch operation and the trigger object that triggers the second touch operation, and detects whether the trigger object that triggers the touch operation meets the object preset condition, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
  • satisfying the object preset condition includes: the trigger object is at least one of a preset finger and a preset input device connected to the terminal, and the preset input device may be a stylus or the like.
  • the terminal is set to only one single-handed mode and the preset condition of the object is met, the trigger object is a preset finger, then the terminal is determining the trigger object of the first touch operation and the finger.
  • the trigger object of the second touch operation is the preset finger
  • the single-handed mode will be turned on.
  • the satisfying object preset condition may be that the trigger object of the first touch operation is a first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is a second preset finger, and the first preset It is assumed that the finger and the second preset finger are different fingers.
  • the terminal may determine which single-handed mode to turn on according to information such as whether the trigger object of the first touch operation and the trigger object of the second touch operation are corresponding preset fingers. It should be noted that it is possible to determine whether the trigger object is a finger by detecting whether the trigger object contains fingerprint information of a finger, and whether the trigger object is a preset finger by detecting whether the trigger object contains fingerprint information of a preset finger.
  • the satisfying the object preset condition includes: when the trigger object of the first touch operation is a first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is not a second preset finger Or, when the trigger object of the first touch operation is not the first preset finger, and the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger; or, when the first touch operation is triggered The object is the first preset finger, and the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger. It should be noted that when the terminal is set with only one type of single-handed mode, if the first touch operation and the second touch operation meet the above-mentioned object preset conditions, the single-handed mode will be turned on mode.
  • the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first preset finger
  • the trigger object of the second touch operation is not the second preset finger
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; if the trigger object of the first touch operation is not the first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset
  • the finger may be the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger.
  • a finger Assuming a finger, it can detect at least one of the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, etc. One type, and turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result.
  • the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first preset finger
  • the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger
  • the first touch operation is If the end time of the first touch operation is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the second touch operation
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
  • the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode
  • the first preset finger and the second preset finger are two different fingers
  • the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first A preset finger.
  • the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger
  • the preset condition of the object is satisfied.
  • this is the trigger object of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment.
  • e represents the trigger object of the first touch operation
  • f represents the trigger object of the second touch operation, only when the trigger object e of the first touch operation is the first preset finger and the second touch operation
  • the terminal starts the single-handed mode.
  • the terminal acquires the trigger object of the first touch operation and the trigger object of the second touch operation, and when the trigger object of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the object , Turn on the one-handed mode, realize that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • the touch operation information is the contact shape of the touch operation as an example.
  • FIG. 9 is a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As a schematic diagram, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S401 Obtain the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation;
  • Step S402 When the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition, turn on the single-handed mode.
  • the terminal that supports the touch function acquires the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation, and detects whether the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition, and if so, the single Hand pattern.
  • the preset condition for satisfying the shape may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset condition for satisfying the shape may be that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are preset.
  • the preset shape may be a finger shape or the like.
  • the preset shape may be set to include one or more preset shapes, for example, may be set to a first preset shape and a second preset shape.
  • the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the shape preset condition is satisfied that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are preset shapes
  • the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the preset shape includes a first preset shape and a second preset shape
  • determining that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are the preset shapes may be The contact shape of the first touch operation is a first preset shape and the contact shape of the second touch operation is a second preset shape.
  • the first preset shape and the second preset shape may be the same or may be different.
  • the terminal can be based on the contact shape of the first touch operation and the first touch operation. Information such as the similarity between the contact shape of the two touch operations and the preset shape determines which single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the satisfying the shape preset condition includes: when the contact shape of the first touch operation is a first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is not a second preset shape Shape; or, when the contact shape of the first touch operation is not the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is the second preset shape; or, when the first touch operation
  • the contact shape of is a first preset shape
  • the contact shape of the second touch operation is a second preset shape.
  • the contact shape is a preset shape can be understood as the contact shape is similar to the preset shape, for example, the similarity between the contact shape and the preset shape is greater than a preset threshold.
  • the terminal when the terminal is set with only one type of single-handed mode, if the contact shape of the first touch operation and the second touch operation meets the above-mentioned shape preset condition, it will be turned on The one-handed mode.
  • the terminal When the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the contact shape of the first touch operation is the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is not the second preset
  • the shape may be the one-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the contact shape of the first touch operation is not the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is the same as that of the first touch operation.
  • Two preset shapes which can be the one-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the contact shape of the first touch operation is the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is The second preset shape can further detect the end time, contact area, touch pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, number of touches and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. At least one, and activate the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result.
  • the contact shape of the first touch operation is a first preset shape
  • the contact shape of the second touch operation is a second preset shape
  • the first touch operation is If the end time of the first touch operation is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the second touch operation
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on.
  • the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation with the greatest similarity corresponding to the preset shape may also be turned on.
  • the contact shape of the touch operation is a preset shape may mean that the similarity between the contact shape of the touch operation and the preset shape is greater than the preset similarity threshold, or the contact shape of the touch operation includes the preset shape. Set the shape and so on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located.
  • the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
  • the first preset shape and the second preset shape may be the same shape; or, the first preset shape and the second preset shape may be different shapes.
  • the terminal is only configured with a single-handed mode and the shape preset condition is satisfied when the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are both preset finger shapes as
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the contact shape of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment, where g represents the contact shape of the first touch operation, and h represents the contact shape of the second touch operation, which are different for the user.
  • step S402 when the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
  • the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset shape condition
  • the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset area condition turns on the one-handed mode.
  • the first preset shape condition may be satisfied when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area is a preset shape, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area.
  • the similarity difference between the contact shape of the first preset area and the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set similarity threshold, and it may also be the first
  • the similarity difference between the contact shape of a touch operation in the first predetermined area and the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second predetermined area is smaller than a set similarity threshold.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset shape condition may be that the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area is a preset shape, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area.
  • the similarity difference between the contact shape of the second preset area and the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area is less than a set similarity threshold, and it may also be the second touch
  • the similarity difference between the contact shape of the operation in the second preset area and the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area is smaller than a set similarity threshold.
  • the second touch operation when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition, the second touch operation is in When the contact shape of the second preset area does not meet the second preset shape condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; The contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset shape condition, and the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset shape condition When the second touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; when the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first Two preset shape conditions, the first touch operation may further detect the first touch operation and the second touch when the contact shape of the first preset area meets the first preset shape condition At least one of the information such as the end time of the operation, the contact area, the touch pressure,
  • the terminal obtains the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation, and when the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition , Turn on the one-handed mode, realize that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • the touch operation information is the touch pressure of the touch operation as an example.
  • FIG. 11 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S501 Obtain the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation;
  • Step S502 When the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the terminal supporting the touch function obtains the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation, and detects whether the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset condition, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the preset conditions for satisfying the pressure may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset conditions for satisfying the pressure may be the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation. It is equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, the touch pressure of the first touch operation is greater than or less than the touch pressure of the second touch operation, and so on. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the pressure preset condition is satisfied, the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than the preset pressure Threshold, the terminal will turn on the single-handed mode when it is determined that the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold.
  • the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, and may be the touch pressure of the first touch operation and The touch pressure of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than the same preset pressure threshold, or the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset pressure threshold and the pressure of the second touch operation The touch pressure is equal to or greater than a second preset pressure threshold, and the first preset pressure threshold and the second preset pressure threshold are different.
  • the terminal may determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the second touch operation .
  • the satisfying the pressure preset condition includes: when the touch pressure of the first touch operation is greater than the touch pressure of the second touch operation; or, when the first touch operation The touch pressure of the operation is less than the touch pressure of the second touch operation; or, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to the touch pressure of the second touch operation.
  • the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, if the touch pressure of the first touch operation is greater than the touch pressure of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation if the touch pressure of the first touch operation is less than the touch pressure of the second touch operation, it can be turned on
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation if the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to the touch pressure of the second touch operation , Can detect at least one of the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch duration, touch trajectory, number of touches and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, and based on the detection As a result, the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on.
  • the contact area when the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to the touch pressure of the second touch operation, if the contact area of the first touch operation is smaller than the second touch operation The contact area of the operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on; if the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation, the first touch operation can be turned on One-handed mode corresponding to one touch operation.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
  • step S502 when the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
  • the first preset pressure condition may be satisfied when the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, or it may be the first touch operation.
  • the operating pressure of the control operation in the first preset area is greater than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area.
  • the operating pressure of the area is less than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area.
  • the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area is greater than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be that the first touch operation is at all
  • the pressure difference between the operating pressure of the first preset area and the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set first pressure threshold
  • the first touch The operating pressure of the operation in the first preset area is less than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be the operation of the first touch operation in the first preset area
  • the pressure difference between the pressure and the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area is less than a set second pressure threshold.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset pressure condition may be that the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, or it may be the second touch operation.
  • the operating pressure of the operation in the second preset area is greater than the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area
  • the operating pressure of is less than the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area.
  • the second touch operation when the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset pressure condition, the second touch operation is in When the operating pressure of the second preset area does not meet the second preset pressure condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; The operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, and the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset pressure condition When the second touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode or the first touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode; when the operation pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first 2.
  • a preset pressure condition When the operating pressure of the first preset area of the first touch operation meets the first preset pressure condition, the first touch operation and the second touch can be further detected At least one of the information such as the end time of the operation, the contact shape, the contact area, the touch duration, the touch track, and the number of touches, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
  • the terminal obtains the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation, and when the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
  • the touch operation information is the touch duration of the touch operation as an example.
  • FIG. 12 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S601 Obtain the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation;
  • Step S602 When the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset duration condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the terminal supporting the touch function obtains the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation, and detects whether the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset time duration condition, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the preset condition of satisfying duration may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset condition of satisfying duration may be the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation It is equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold, the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than or less than the touch duration of the second touch operation, and so on.
  • the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode, and the preset condition for meeting duration is that the first touch duration and the touch duration of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold.
  • the terminal determines that the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold, the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold may be the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation.
  • the touch duration of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than the same preset duration threshold, or the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset duration threshold and the touch duration of the second touch operation
  • the control duration is equal to or greater than a second preset duration threshold, and the first preset duration threshold is different from the second preset duration threshold.
  • the terminal can determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the touch duration of the first touch operation and the second touch operation .
  • the meeting the preset condition of duration includes: when the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation; or, when the first touch operation The touch duration of the operation is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation; or, when the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to the touch duration of the second touch operation.
  • the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, if the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation if the touch duration of the first touch operation is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation, it may be turned on
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation if the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to the touch duration of the second touch operation , It is possible to further detect at least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, and according to The detection result turns on the corresponding one-handed mode.
  • the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to the touch duration of the second touch operation
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, and if the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than the number of touches of the second touch operation, then The single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the location of the first touch operation is located is the right-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the right-hand area of the terminal is the right-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the right-handed one-handed mode.
  • step S602 when the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset duration condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
  • the first preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a preset time threshold, and may be the first touch
  • the touch duration of the operation in the first preset area is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area. It is assumed that the touch duration of the area is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area.
  • the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be the first touch operation
  • the time difference between the touch duration of the first preset area and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set time threshold
  • the first touch The touch duration of the control operation in the first preset area is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area
  • the time difference between the touch duration of the area and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area is less than a set time threshold.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset time threshold, or it may be the second touch
  • the touch duration of the operation in the second preset area is greater than the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area, or the second touch operation may be in the second preset area. It is assumed that the touch duration of the area is less than the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area.
  • the second touch operation when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, the second touch operation When the touch duration of the second preset area does not meet the second preset time condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when The touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets a second preset time condition, and the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the time condition is preset, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; when the second touch operation is in the second preset area When the touch time satisfies the second preset time condition, and the touch time of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, the first touch operation may be further detected And at least one of the end time, contact shape, contact
  • the terminal obtains the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation, and when the touch duration of the touch operation meets the duration preset When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
  • the touch operation information is the touch trajectory of the touch operation as an example.
  • FIG. 13 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S701 Obtain the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation;
  • Step S702 When the touch trajectory of the touch operation meets the trajectory preset condition, turn on the single-handed mode.
  • the terminal that supports the touch function obtains the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation, and detects whether the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the trajectory, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the preset condition for satisfying the trajectory may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset condition for satisfying the trajectory may be that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are preset.
  • the preset trajectory may be a circle, a straight line, a right angle, an arc, and the like.
  • the preset trajectory may be set to include one or more preset trajectories, such as a first preset trajectory and a second preset trajectory.
  • the terminal If the terminal is set to only one single-handed mode, and the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation satisfying the trajectory preset condition are preset trajectories, the terminal When it is determined that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are preset trajectories, the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are the preset trajectories.
  • the trajectory may mean that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a first preset trajectory and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, the first preset trajectory and the second preset trajectory Let the trajectory be different.
  • the terminal can use information such as the degree of similarity between the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the second touch operation and the preset trajectory, etc. Determine which one-handed mode is turned on.
  • the satisfying the preset condition of the trajectory includes: when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is the first preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is not the second A preset trajectory; or, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is not a first preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory; or, when the first touch operation
  • the touch trajectory of a touch operation is a first preset trajectory, and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory.
  • the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is the first preset trajectory
  • the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is not The second preset trajectory may be the one-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is not the first A preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, which may be the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed corresponding to the first touch operation Mode; if the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a first preset trajectory, and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, the first touch operation and At least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch duration, and number of touches of the second touch operation, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
  • the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a first preset trajectory
  • the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the end time of the first touch operation
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on.
  • the touch trajectory of the touch operation is a preset trajectory
  • the touch trajectory of the touch operation is similar to the preset trajectory
  • the touch trajectory of the touch operation is similar to the preset trajectory may mean that the touch The similarity between the touch trajectory of the operation and the preset trajectory is greater than the preset similarity threshold, or the touch trajectory of the touch operation includes the preset trajectory, etc.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located.
  • the first touch operation For example, if the area where the location of the first touch operation is located is the right-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the right-hand area of the terminal is the right-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the right-handed one-handed mode.
  • first preset trajectory and the second preset trajectory may be the same trajectory; or, the first preset trajectory and the second preset trajectory may be different trajectories.
  • the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode, and when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are both similar to the preset trajectory, the trajectory prediction is satisfied. Assume the condition as an example, see FIG.
  • step S702 when the touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
  • the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset trajectory condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area
  • the trajectory meets the second preset trajectory condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the first preset trajectory condition may be satisfied when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area is the preset trajectory, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area.
  • the similarity between the touch trajectory of the first preset area and the preset trajectory is greater than the similarity between the touch trajectory of the second preset area and the preset trajectory of the second touch operation; It may also be that the similarity between the touch trajectory of the first preset area and the preset trajectory of the first touch operation is smaller than that of the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area.
  • the similarity between the trajectory and the preset trajectory may be that the touch trajectory of the second touch operation in the second preset area is the preset trajectory, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area.
  • the similarity between the touch trajectory of the second preset area and the preset trajectory is greater than the similarity between the touch trajectory of the first preset area and the preset trajectory of the first touch operation. It may be that the similarity between the touch trajectory of the second preset area and the preset trajectory of the second touch operation is smaller than the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area The similarity with the preset trajectory.
  • the second touch operation when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, the second touch operation When the touch trajectory of the second preset area does not meet the second preset trajectory condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when The touch trajectory of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset trajectory condition, and the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the trajectory condition is preset, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; when the first touch operation is in the first preset area When the touch trajectory satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, and the second touch operation, when the touch trajectory of the second preset area satisfies the second preset trajectory condition, the first touch operation and At least one of the end time of the second touch operation, the contact area
  • the terminal obtains the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation, and when the touch trajectory of the touch operation meets the trajectory preset When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
  • the touch operation information is the number of touch operations of the touch operation as an example.
  • FIG. 15 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S801 Acquire the touch count of the first touch operation and the touch count of the second touch operation
  • Step S802 When the number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times, the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the terminal supporting the touch function acquires the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation, and detects whether the number of touches of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the preset condition for the number of times of satisfaction may be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset condition for the number of times of satisfaction may be that the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation are equal to or The number of touches is greater than the preset threshold, the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than or less than the number of touches of the second touch operation, and so on.
  • the terminal If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the preset condition for satisfying the number of times is that the number of touches for the first touch operation and the number of touches for the second touch operation are equal to or greater than the preset number threshold, then The terminal turns on the single-handed mode when it is determined that the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset number threshold.
  • the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset number threshold, and may be the number of touches of the first touch operation and The number of touches of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than the same preset number of times threshold, or the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset number of times threshold and the second touch operation The number of touches is equal to or greater than a second preset number threshold, and the first preset number threshold is different from the second preset number threshold.
  • the terminal may determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. .
  • the preset condition of meeting the number of times includes: when the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than the number of touches of the second touch operation; or, when the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than that of the second touch operation; The number of touches of the operation is less than the number of touches of the second touch operation; or, when the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to the number of touches of the second touch operation.
  • the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than the number of touches of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation if the number of touches of the first touch operation is less than the number of touches of the second touch operation, it may be turned on
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation if the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to the number of touches of the second touch operation , It can detect at least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, touch duration and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, and based on the detection As a result, the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on.
  • the end time when the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to the number of touches of the second touch operation, if the end time of the first touch operation is earlier than the second touch operation, The end time of the control operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, and if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the end time of the second touch operation, all the hands can be turned on.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation is described.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the location of the first touch operation is located is the right-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the right-hand area of the terminal is the right-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the right-handed one-handed mode.
  • step S802 when the number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
  • the condition for satisfying the first preset number of times may be that the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than the preset number of times threshold, or it may be the first touch operation.
  • the difference between the number of touches of the control operation in the first preset area and the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set threshold, or Is that the difference between the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area and the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area is less than a set number of times Threshold.
  • the condition for satisfying the second preset number of times may be that the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset number of times threshold, or it may be the second touch operation.
  • the difference between the number of touches operated in the second preset area and the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a set threshold, or it may be The difference between the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area and the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area is less than a set threshold .
  • the second touch operation when the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the condition of the first preset number of times, the second touch operation When the number of touches in the second preset area does not meet the condition of the second preset number of times, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when The number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, and the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the condition of the preset number of times is set, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; when the second touch operation is in the second preset area When the number of touches meets the second preset number condition and the number of touches in the first preset area of the first touch operation meets the first preset number condition, the first touch operation and At least one of the end time, contact area,
  • the terminal obtains the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation, and when the number of touches of the touch operation meets the preset number When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
  • FIG. 16 Another one-handed mode control method provided by this embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal that supports a touch function.
  • the one-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S21 Acquire touch operation information on a preset area, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
  • Step S22 When the touch operation information satisfies a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on.
  • the terminal may be a mobile terminal device supporting touch function, such as a smart phone, a personal digital assistant, or a tablet computer, or a fixed terminal device supporting touch function, such as a desktop computer.
  • the terminal is provided with a single-handed mode. In the single-handed mode, the terminal can adjust the display area according to the user's operation, so that the user can conveniently control the display area of the terminal with one hand.
  • the terminal supporting a touch function may be that the terminal is provided with a touch screen, and the touch screen may be a capacitive touch screen or the like.
  • the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking, pressing, or touching with a user's finger on a preset area on the touch screen.
  • the touch operation when the user clicks on a preset area on the touch screen with a finger, the touch operation may be a finger click operation; when the user presses on the preset area on the touch screen with a finger, the The touch operation can be a finger pressing operation.
  • the preset area may be any area on the touch screen of the terminal, or may be a designated area or button on the touch screen of the terminal. It should be noted that the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be simultaneous operations or serial operations.
  • first touch operation and the second touch operation are simultaneous operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are maintained in a state of being in the same period of time, such as 3 seconds,
  • first touch operation corresponding to the left thumb and the second touch operation corresponding to the right thumb are simultaneous operations .
  • the fact that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are serial operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation exist in a sequence, and the first touch operation may be detected first. After the first touch operation is completed, the second touch operation is detected, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation do not exist at the same time.
  • the terminal may be set with a single-handed mode, or may be set with multiple single-handed modes, such as a left-handed single-handed mode and a right-handed single-handed mode.
  • the activation of the single-handed mode may be to enable
  • the default one-handed mode can also be the left-handed one-handed mode or the right-handed one-handed mode.
  • step S21, the acquiring touch operation information on the preset area includes:
  • the terminal determines whether the touch operation satisfies the preset rule, and when the touch operation satisfies the preset rule, acquires the touch operation on the preset area Operational information.
  • the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking or sliding performed by the user's finger on a preset area on the touch screen of the terminal, or may be the user's use of a specific device as described above.
  • the preset rule can be set according to actual needs.
  • the preset rule includes: the operation time of the first touch operation and the operation time of the second touch operation satisfy the preset time condition, The fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation satisfy at least one of the preset fingerprint conditions.
  • the operation time may be set according to actual conditions, and may refer to the time when the terminal receives the touch operation.
  • the meeting the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation.
  • the difference between the operation time of the operation is within the set time interval, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation are detected within the set time interval.
  • the time interval can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on.
  • the operation time may refer to the duration of the touch operation, and may also be referred to as the touch duration.
  • the satisfaction of the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation
  • the operating time of is greater than a preset time threshold, and the time threshold can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on.
  • the satisfaction of the preset fingerprint condition may mean that the fingerprint used for the first touch operation is the first preset fingerprint and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation is the second preset fingerprint.
  • a fingerprint collection module such as a fingerprint collection sensor, may be provided in the terminal. When a user touches an area on the terminal where the fingerprint collection module is provided with a finger, the terminal can acquire fingerprint information of the finger accordingly.
  • the terminal can obtain the fingerprint used for the touch operation, and then can determine whether the fingerprint used for the touch operation is a preset fingerprint.
  • the touch operation information on the preset area is acquired, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally triggering the one-handed mode control by accidentally performing touch operations such as touching or clicking on the touch screen.
  • the operation to ensure the accuracy of the one-handed mode control further enhances the user experience.
  • the preset area may correspond to different single-handed modes.
  • the left side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode; or the right side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the left side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode; or
  • the upper side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the lower side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode.
  • the touch operation information includes: the position of the touch operation, the contact area of the touch operation, the contact shape of the touch operation, the touch pressure of the touch operation, the object that triggers the touch operation, and the touch operation of the touch operation.
  • the touch operation information may also include the type of touch operation, such as single click, double click, and multiple clicks classified according to the number of clicks.
  • the preset conditions include:
  • the contact area of the touch operation satisfies the area preset condition
  • the contact shape of the touch operation satisfies the shape preset condition
  • the touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition
  • the trigger object of the touch operation satisfies a preset condition of the object
  • the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset condition of duration
  • the touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition
  • the number of touch operations of the touch operation satisfies at least one of the preset conditions.
  • the touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition, which means that the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the preset area is greater than or less than that of the second touch operation in the preset area.
  • the touch pressure in the preset area; or, the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset pressure condition, and/or, the second touch operation is in the The touch pressure of the preset area meets the second preset pressure condition.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset pressure condition may be that the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first pressure threshold, etc.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset pressure condition may be the second The touch pressure of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second pressure threshold, etc., and the preset first pressure threshold and the preset second pressure threshold may be equal or not equal.
  • the one-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be activated; when the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the preset pressure condition and the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; The touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset pressure condition, and the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies a second preset Under pressure conditions, the default single-handed mode can be turned on, and the end time, contact area, touch duration, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can also be further detected.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area is a left-handed single-handed mode or a right-handed single-handed mode
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area is a right-handed single-handed mode or a left-handed single-handed mode
  • the first The single-handed mode corresponding to a preset area is different from the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area. In this way, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation meets the preset pressure condition, the one-handed mode is turned on, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
  • the touch duration of the touch operation satisfies the preset duration condition, which means that the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area is greater than or less than that of the second touch operation.
  • the touch duration in the preset area; or, the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or, the second touch operation is in the preset area
  • the touch duration of the preset area satisfies the second preset time condition.
  • the satisfaction of the first preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first duration threshold, etc.
  • the satisfaction of the second preset time condition may be the second The touch duration of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second duration threshold, etc., and the preset first duration threshold and the preset second duration threshold may be equal or not equal.
  • the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on; when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area does not meet the first preset time Condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the preset area satisfies the second preset duration condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch duration of the control operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset time condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, it can be turned on In the default single-handed mode, the end time, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, number of touches, contact shape and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can also be further detected.
  • the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the preset area
  • the duration meets the second preset time condition, the one-handed mode is turned on, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • the terminal obtains the first touch operation information and the second touch operation information on a preset area, and when the touch operation information meets the preset condition, turn on
  • the single-handed mode realizes that the user can quickly control the terminal to start the single-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
  • This application provides an example of a specific scenario.
  • This application provides a single-handed mode control method applied to a terminal, including the step of obtaining a display instruction.
  • the preset area is displayed according to the display instructions. Receive the preset operation in the preset area and turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the step of obtaining the display instruction includes: verifying whether the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition. If it is satisfied, the display instruction is triggered.
  • the preset manipulation object includes: at least one of a single-handed mode switch control, a preset screen area of the terminal, a preset physical button of the terminal, and a preset fingerprint sensor of the terminal.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the one-handed mode switch control receives the first preset operation.
  • the second preset operation is received in the preset area of the terminal screen.
  • the terminal presets the physical button to receive the third preset operation.
  • the terminal presets the fingerprint sensor to receive the fourth preset operation.
  • the first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation include at least one of the following: touch information, including single click, double tap, double press, long press, and sliding At least one of them.
  • the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
  • the method further includes: obtaining display instructions and/or status information.
  • the preset area is displayed according to display instructions and/or status information.
  • the status information includes at least one of user status information, terminal status information, and environment status information.
  • the user status information includes at least one of human eye information, user speed information, and handheld terminal.
  • the terminal state information includes at least one of time information, location information, speed information, and terminal posture information.
  • the environmental state information includes at least one of brightness information and noise information.
  • the step of displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or the status information includes: displaying the preset area when the status information meets the preset rule. And/or, when the status information does not meet the preset rules, the preset area is not displayed.
  • the preset rules include at least one of the following rules: the user looks at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, the user speed is within the preset allowable speed range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period, and the terminal location is within the preset allowable time period. Suppose it is within the allowable location range, the terminal speed is within the preset speed range, the terminal posture is held, the environment brightness value is greater than or equal to the preset brightness threshold, and the environment noise value is less than or equal to the preset noise threshold.
  • the step of obtaining a display instruction wherein the display instruction is to execute a preset operation instruction for a preset screen area of the terminal.
  • the step of displaying the preset area according to the display instruction wherein the displayed preset area includes at least one of a one-handed mode switch control, a terminal preset screen area, and a terminal preset fingerprint sensor.
  • the step of receiving the preset operation in the preset area and turning on the one-handed mode includes at least one of the following:
  • the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
  • the preset operation in the preset area includes at least one of the following: touch information, including at least one of a single click, a double tap, a double press, a long press, and a slide.
  • the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
  • obtaining the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: verifying whether the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition. If the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition, the display instruction is triggered.
  • the preset manipulation object may include, but is not limited to: one-handed mode switch control (virtual control), terminal preset At least one of the screen area, the preset physical keys of the terminal, and the preset fingerprint sensor of the terminal.
  • the preset condition may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following conditions: the one-handed mode switch control receives Go to the first preset operation.
  • the second preset operation is received in the preset area of the terminal screen.
  • the terminal presets the physical button to receive the third preset operation.
  • the terminal presets the fingerprint sensor to receive the fourth preset operation.
  • the first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation may be the same or different.
  • the first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation may include, but are not limited to, at least one of the following: touch information, including single click, double click, and re At least one of pressing, long pressing, and sliding.
  • the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the operating direction (for example, operating to the left, operating to the right, operating up, operating down, etc.).
  • the display instruction in the step of obtaining the display instruction, may, but is not limited to, execute a preset operation instruction for a preset screen area of the terminal.
  • the preset screen area of the terminal may be set by the system or customized by the user.
  • the preset area is displayed according to the display instruction, wherein the displayed preset area includes: at least one of the one-handed mode switch control, the terminal preset screen area, and the terminal preset fingerprint sensor One.
  • the displayed preset area may include, but is not limited to, the following display states: perfect circle, ellipse, square, rectangle, drag bar, etc.
  • the obtaining of the display instruction may include, but is not limited to, that the switch control in the one-handed mode receives a first preset operation to trigger the display instruction.
  • the preset area according to the display instruction it may, but is not limited to, including: enlarging the one-handed mode switch control according to the display instruction to form the preset area.
  • the touch information included in the first preset operation is double-click or heavy pressing, and the display instruction is triggered according to the touch information (that is, the display instruction is triggered when the user double-clicks or heavy-presses the one-handed mode switch control), so as to change the single-handed control according to the display instruction.
  • the hand mode switch control zooms in to form the preset area.
  • the touch information included in the first preset operation is sliding, and when the sliding meets the preset sliding rule (for example, when the user selects the one-handed mode switch control and performs any sliding operation), the display instruction is triggered according to The display instruction enlarges the one-handed mode switch control to form the preset area.
  • the touch information included in the first preset operation triggers a display instruction when the contact area is greater than the preset area value (for example, the display instruction is triggered when two fingers simultaneously press the position of the single-handed mode switch control), so that the one-handed The mode switch control zooms in to form the preset area.
  • the touch information included in the first preset operation when the contact position matches the preset contact position (for example, click the lower right corner of the one-handed mode switch control), to enlarge the one-handed mode switch control to form the preset Set up the area.
  • acquiring the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: receiving a first preset operation in the one-handed mode switch control to trigger the display instruction.
  • Displaying the preset area according to the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: popping up the preset area in the display interface corresponding to the one-handed mode switch control according to the display instruction.
  • the obtaining of the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: receiving the first preset operation in the one-handed mode switch control to trigger the display instruction.
  • the display of the preset area according to the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: jumping to the one-handed mode control interface according to the display instruction, and the one-handed mode control interface includes the preset area.
  • the step of receiving the first preset operation to trigger the display instruction by the one-handed mode switch control may include, but is not limited to: receiving the first preset operation in the one-handed mode switch control.
  • the display instruction is triggered according to the operation information in the first preset operation.
  • the display instruction is triggered according to the touch information included in the first preset operation (for example, at least one of single-click, double-click, double-click, long-press, and slide).
  • the first preset operation includes contact information (the contact information includes at least one of a contact area, a contact position, and a contact duration), and the display instruction is triggered when the contact information meets the preset contact condition.
  • the first preset operation includes an operation direction, and the display instruction is triggered when the operation direction (for example, the sliding direction of the sliding one-handed mode switch control) conforms to the preset direction.
  • the display instruction is triggered according to the touch information included in the first preset operation, where the touch information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of a single click, a double click, a double press, a long press, a slide, and so on.
  • the first preset operation that the touch information can be acquired is the sliding, and when the sliding meets the preset sliding rule, the display instruction is triggered.
  • the preset operation in the preset area is received, and the one-handed mode is turned on, wherein the preset operation in the preset area includes at least one of the following: touch information, including single-click, double-click, and double-click , Long press, at least one of swipe. And/or, the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
  • the step of enabling the one-handed mode after receiving the preset operation in the preset area includes at least one of the following:
  • the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
  • the corresponding one-handed mode is activated according to the trigger mode of the preset operation, which may include, but is not limited to: a preset area, identifying the first operation, and comparing the first operation with the preset operation.
  • the trigger mode of the preset operation may include, but is not limited to: a preset area, identifying the first operation, and comparing the first operation with the preset operation.
  • the first operation matches the first preset operation the left-hand mode is turned on.
  • the right-hand mode is turned on. For example, there are two options left and right currently displayed in the preset area.
  • the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on according to the trigger area of the preset operation, which may include, but is not limited to, the preset area, identifying the first trigger area corresponding to the first operation, and the first trigger area with the preset operation. Comparison of the trigger area of the operation.
  • the first operation area matches the trigger area of the first preset operation
  • the left-hand mode is turned on.
  • the right-hand mode is turned on.
  • the preset area is divided into the trigger area Q1 corresponding to the first preset operation and the trigger area Q2 of the second preset operation.
  • the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the preset operation, which may include, but is not limited to, the preset area, the first operation gesture corresponding to the first operation is recognized, and the first operation gesture is combined with the preset operation gesture. Operational gesture comparison. When the first operation gesture matches the operation gesture of the first preset operation, the left-hand mode is turned on. When the first operation gesture matches the operation gesture of the second preset operation, the right-hand mode is turned on. For example, swiping left in the preset area turns on the left-handed mode; swiping right in the preset area turns on the right-handed mode.
  • the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment may include, but is not limited to:
  • the status information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of user status information, terminal status information, and environment status information.
  • the user status information may include, but is not limited to: at least one of human eye information, user speed information, and handheld terminal.
  • the user speed information may include the movement speed of the user (the user speed information may be acquired by the terminal itself, or may be acquired and sent by the wearable terminal).
  • the information of the handheld terminal may be acquired by the terminal itself, or may be detected by other terminals and sent to the terminal.
  • the terminal state information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of time information, location information, speed information, and terminal posture information.
  • the environmental state information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of brightness information and noise information.
  • displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or status information may include, but is not limited to, displaying the preset area when the status information meets the preset rule.
  • the condition that the status information meets the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions (or the preset rule includes at least one of the following rules): the user is gazing at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, and the user speed is at the preset allowable speed Within the range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period (such as daytime), the terminal location is within the preset allowable location range (such as at home, in the toilet, etc.), the terminal speed is within the preset speed range, and the terminal attitude is The state of being held, the environmental brightness value is greater than or equal to the preset brightness threshold, and the environmental noise value is less than or equal to the preset noise threshold.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following rules
  • acquiring the display instruction and/or status information may include, but is not limited to: acquiring the display instruction and status information.
  • Displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or the status information may include, but is not limited to: displaying the preset area when the status information meets the preset rule and the display instruction is obtained. And/or, when the status information does not meet the preset rules, and/or the display instruction is not obtained, the preset area is not displayed.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following rules:
  • the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the user looks at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, the user speed is within the preset allowable speed range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period, the terminal location is within the preset allowable location range, The terminal speed is within the preset speed range, the terminal posture is in a held state, the environmental brightness value is greater than or equal to the preset brightness threshold, and the environmental noise value is less than or equal to the preset noise threshold.
  • the preset area is displayed. For example, when the user looks at the terminal screen, the preset area is displayed. For example, when the user holds the terminal, the preset area is displayed.
  • the preset operation in the preset area is received, and the one-handed mode is turned on.
  • the step of receiving the preset operation in the preset area and turning on the one-handed mode may include, but is not limited to: receiving the preset operation in the preset area. According to the preset operation in the preset area, the one-handed mode is set or controlled accordingly, and the one-handed mode that completes the setting or control is turned on.
  • the user when the status information meets the preset rule, after the step of displaying the preset area, the user can operate on the preset area to control the one-handed mode.
  • the step of displaying the preset area may include, but is not limited to: obtaining user operation information for the preset area; obtaining preset operations in the preset area according to the user operation information. According to the preset operation in the preset area, the one-hand mode is controlled accordingly.
  • the one-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can obtain the actual needs of the user according to the user operation information after obtaining the user operation information for the preset area, so that it can be turned on according to the user operation information.
  • the corresponding control of the one-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to, determining whether the preset operation in the preset area is an intelligent control operation.
  • the preset operation in the preset area is an intelligent control operation
  • the one-handed mode is correspondingly controlled according to the intelligent control operation.
  • the default fixed single-handed mode ie, the traditional single-handed mode
  • the corresponding control of the single-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: automatic corresponding control of the single-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can improve the intelligence of the single-handed mode.
  • the preset operation of the preset area may include but is not limited to contact information, where the contact information may include, but is not limited to, report point information and/or contact area information.
  • the corresponding control of the single-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: corresponding to the single-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation of the preset area
  • the setting operation can include, but is not limited to, display position setting and/or interface size setting.
  • the corresponding control of the one-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: displaying a point prompt in the preset area according to the point information.
  • the point-reporting prompt can vividly show the user a click operation prompt or a sliding operation prompt.
  • the preset area may include but is not limited to a horizontal central axis.
  • the step of displaying a point prompt in the preset area according to the point information may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the point according to the point information. Map the report point to the horizontal axis to get the mapped report point. The mapping report point is identified in the preset area.
  • the step of performing corresponding setting operations on the one-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the corresponding information for the one-handed mode according to the report information.
  • the setting information of the preset interface of the terminal, and the setting information may include, but is not limited to, the display position and/or the interface size. Perform corresponding setting operations on the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode according to the setting information.
  • the predetermined area may include, but is not limited to, a longitudinal center axis.
  • the step of acquiring setting information for the terminal preset interface corresponding to the single-handed mode according to the reporting point information may include, but is not limited to: acquiring the relative position information of the reporting point and the vertical axis according to the reporting point information, and the relative position information may be but not limited to: It is not limited to include relative orientation and/or relative distance.
  • the display position is obtained according to the relative position in the relative position information, and/or the interface size is obtained according to the relative distance in the relative position information.
  • the setting information is generated according to the display position and/or interface size.
  • corresponding setting operations are performed on the terminal preset interface corresponding to the single-handed mode according to the setting information. For example, when the relative orientation in the setting information is that the reporting point is on the left side of the longitudinal center axis, the single-handed mode is set to The display position of the corresponding terminal preset interface is set to the left; when the relative orientation in the setting information is that the reporting point is on the right side of the vertical axis, the display position of the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the right .
  • the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the first interface size; the relative distance in the setting information is the reporting point If it is 2 pixels away from the longitudinal center axis, the preset interface of the terminal corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the second interface size, and so on.
  • the terminal corresponding to the one-handed mode is preset Set the interface to the first interface size and set it on the left.
  • the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can determine the attributes of the hand holding the terminal according to the relative position of the reporting point and the longitudinal axis of the preset area, and thereby determine the attributes of the hand holding the terminal according to the attributes of the hand. Determine the setting position of the terminal preset interface (for example, the relative orientation is the left, then the attribute of the hand is the left hand, so that the terminal preset interface is set on the left).
  • the one-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can also be based on The relative distance between the reporting point and the longitudinal center axis of the preset area is used to determine the size of the hand holding the terminal, so as to set the size of the preset interface of the terminal according to the size of the hand. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method of this implementation can be intelligent One-handed mode control to achieve the purpose of enhancing the user’s experience of using one-handed mode.
  • the preset area is divided into a left control area and a right control area by the longitudinal center axis
  • the contact area information may include, but is not limited to, a first contact area corresponding to the left control area and a second contact area corresponding to the right control area.
  • the step of performing a corresponding setting operation on the single-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation may include but is not limited to: judging whether the first contact area is greater than the second contact area according to the contact area information. When the first contact area is greater than the second contact area, the display position of the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the left. When the first contact area is not greater than the second contact area, the display position of the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the right.
  • the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can determine the attributes of the hand holding the terminal based on the contact area information, so as to determine the setting position of the preset interface of the terminal according to the attributes of the hand (for example, If the first contact area is larger than the second contact area, the attribute of the hand is left-handed, so that the preset interface of the terminal is set on the left). Therefore, the one-handed mode control method of this embodiment can realize intelligent one-handed mode control. The purpose of enhancing the user's experience of using the one-handed mode.
  • the step of performing corresponding setting operations on the one-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the preset interface for the terminal according to the report information and the contact area information.
  • the setting information which can include, but is not limited to, the display position and/or interface size. Perform corresponding setting operations on the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode according to the setting information.
  • the step of obtaining setting information for the preset interface of the terminal according to the reporting point information and the contact area information may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the relative orientation and/or the vertical axis of the reporting point according to the reporting point information relative distance.
  • the setting information is generated according to the display position and/or interface size.
  • the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can more accurately determine the attributes of the hand based on the relative position and contact area information between the reporting point and the longitudinal axis, so as to determine the terminal according to the attributes of the hand.
  • the setting position of the interface is preset. Therefore, the one-handed mode control method of this implementation can realize intelligent and precise one-handed mode control, so as to achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the one-handed mode.
  • the vertical center axis and the horizontal center axis mentioned in this embodiment may, but are not limited to, serve as a reference for internal calculation of the terminal, and may not be displayed in a preset area.
  • the one-handed mode control method provided in the application embodiment can display the preset area according to the display instruction after obtaining the display instruction, so that the one-handed mode can be controlled correspondingly according to the user's preset operation in the preset area to turn on the one-handed mode suitable for the user One-handed mode to meet the needs of users. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the single-handed mode.
  • the terminal is controlled to turn on the one-handed mode according to the preset rule.
  • the preset area may, but is not limited to, include at least one of a one-handed mode switch control, a terminal preset screen area, a terminal preset physical key, and a terminal preset fingerprint sensor.
  • the preset operation may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: touch information, including at least one of single click, double click, double press, long press, and sliding.
  • the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location (or report point information). And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
  • the preset rule in controlling the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode according to a preset rule according to a preset operation, includes at least one of the following:
  • the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
  • the preset rule may, but is not limited to, include at least one of the following: turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger area of the preset operation (for example, identify the first trigger area corresponding to the first operation, and compare the first trigger area with the preset Set the trigger area comparison of the operation.
  • turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger area of the preset operation for example, identify the first trigger area corresponding to the first operation, and compare the first trigger area with the preset Set the trigger area comparison of the operation.
  • the first trigger area matches the trigger area of the first preset operation turn on the left-hand mode.
  • the first trigger area matches the trigger area of the second preset operation Turn on right-hand mode.
  • Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the preset operation identify the first operation, compare the first operation with the preset operation.
  • turn on the left-handed mode for example, identify the first trigger area corresponding to the first operation, and compare the first trigger area with the preset Set the trigger area comparison of the operation
  • the one-handed mode control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode according to the preset operation according to the preset rules after acquiring the preset operation triggered from the preset area of the terminal to meet the needs of the user. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the single-handed mode.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, as shown in FIG. 17, the terminal includes: a processor 110 and a memory 111 for storing a computer program that can run on the processor 110;
  • the processor 110 illustrated in FIG. 17 is not used to refer to the number of processors 110 as one, but only used to refer to the positional relationship of the processor 110 with respect to other devices.
  • the processor 110 The number can be one or more; similarly, the memory 111 illustrated in FIG. 17 has the same meaning, that is, it is only used to refer to the positional relationship of the memory 111 relative to other devices.
  • the number of the memory 111 can be one or more.
  • the processor 110 is configured to implement the single-handed mode control method applied to the aforementioned terminal when running the computer program.
  • the terminal may further include: at least one network interface 112.
  • the various components in the terminal are coupled together through the bus system 113.
  • the bus system 113 is used to implement connection and communication between these components.
  • the bus system 113 also includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 113 in FIG. 17.
  • the memory 111 may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, and may also include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM, Read Only Memory), programmable read-only memory (PROM, Programmable Read-Only Memory), and erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM, Erasable Programmable Read- Only Memory, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), magnetic random access memory (FRAM, ferromagnetic random access memory), flash memory (Flash Memory), magnetic surface memory , CD-ROM, or CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory); magnetic surface memory can be magnetic disk storage or tape storage.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • SSRAM synchronous static random access memory
  • Synchronous Static Random Access Memory Synchronous Static Random Access Memory
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • DDRSDRAM Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • ESDRAM Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • DRRAM Direct Rambus Random Access Memory
  • the memory 111 described in the embodiment of the present application is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the memory 111 in the embodiment of the present application is used to store various types of data to support the operation of the terminal.
  • Examples of these data include: any computer programs used to operate on the terminal, such as operating systems and applications; contact data; phone book data; messages; pictures; videos, etc.
  • the operating system contains various system programs, such as a framework layer, a core library layer, and a driver layer, which are used to implement various basic services and process hardware-based tasks.
  • Application programs can include various applications, such as Media Player, Browser, etc., which are used to implement various application services.
  • the program that implements the method of the embodiment of the present application may be included in the application program.
  • this embodiment also provides a computer storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the computer storage medium may be a magnetic random access memory (FRAM, ferromagnetic random access memory).
  • FRAM magnetic random access memory
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • PROM Programmable Read Only Memory
  • EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • flash Memory magnetic surface memory
  • optical disc or CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory) and other memories; It may also be a variety of devices including one or any combination of the above-mentioned memories, such as mobile phones, computers, tablet devices, personal digital assistants, and so on.
  • the terminal is a mobile phone
  • the user performs touch operations on the touch screen of the terminal through two different fingers, that is, using two fingers to open the single-handed mode as an example.
  • FIG. 18 is an example provided by this embodiment of the application.
  • the specific flow diagram of a single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
  • Step S31 Obtain the first reporting point information
  • Step S32 Determine whether there is second report information, if yes, go to step S33, otherwise go to step S34;
  • step S33 is executed to continue the detection of whether the single-handed mode is turned on; if it does not exist, step S34 is executed.
  • Step S33 Detect whether any one of the following conditions is met: the two reporting points are in the preset position, the contact area of the two fingers is greater than the area threshold, the pressure of the two fingers is greater than the pressure threshold, the fingerprint information is recognized at both reporting points, and the two fingers
  • the contact shape of is similar to the finger, the two fingers exist at the same time for more than a time threshold, the motion trajectory of the two fingers is the same, and the two fingers have multiple click events during the set time. If it is satisfied, perform step S35; otherwise, perform step S34;
  • Step S34 stop the detection
  • Step S35 Turn on the one-handed mode.
  • the second report point If the second report point exists, judge whether the first report point and the second report point are both in the preset position. If the judgment is successful, the one-hand mode is automatically turned on, and if the judgment fails, continue to judge other parameters;
  • the touch screen obtains the contact area of the two fingers with the touch screen at this time. If the area is larger than a certain threshold at the same time, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, continue to judge other parameters;
  • the touch screen obtains the pressure of two fingers on the screen. If the pressure is greater than a certain threshold, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, it continues to judge other parameters;
  • the touch screen will obtain the fingerprint information of two fingers. If both fingerprint information exists, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, the other parameters are continued to be judged;
  • the second report point If the second report point exists, judge whether the two points exist at the same time for more than a certain time. If it exceeds a certain time, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, it continues to judge other parameters;
  • the second report point continues to obtain the trajectory of the two report points. If the trajectory shape of the two report points is the same, the judgment is successful and the one-hand mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, the other parameters are continued to be judged.
  • the second report point exists, continue to obtain whether there are multiple clicks of two fingers in a short period of time. If it exists, it is judged as successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgement fails, it continues to judge other parameters.
  • the aforementioned single-handed mode control method detects whether the two-finger touch operation meets the opening conditions of the single-handed mode to determine whether to open the single-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and convenient for the user to operate.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a one-handed mode control method, a terminal, and a computer storage medium. The one-handed mode control method is applied to the terminal providing a touch function, and comprises: obtaining touch operation information, the touch operation comprising a first touch operation and a second touch operation; and enabling a one-handed mode when the touch operation information satisfies preset conditions. According to the one-handed mode control method, the terminal, and the computer storage medium provided in the present application, the terminal obtains first touch operation information and second touch operation information, and enables the one-handed mode when the touch operation information satisfies the preset conditions, so that a user can quickly control the terminal to enable the one-handed mode. The operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.

Description

一种单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质One-hand mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium
本申请要求于2019年11月08日提交中国专利局,申请号为201911085920.7、申请名称为“单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质”和2019年10月25日提交中国专利局,申请号为201911023608.5、申请名称为“一种单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质”的两篇中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the China Patent Office on November 8, 2019, with the application number 201911085920.7, the application name is "One-handed mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium" and on October 25, 2019, it is submitted to the China Patent Office, application number It is the priority of two Chinese patent applications with the title of “a single-handed mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium” for 201911023608.5, the entire contents of which are incorporated in the application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及终端领域,特别是涉及一种单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质。This application relates to the field of terminals, in particular to a single-handed mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信技术的飞速发展和终端的普及,手机已成为人们生活中不可或缺的一部分。同时,为了满足人们多样化的需求,手机的尺寸也不断增大。随着手机的尺寸的不断增大,用户在单手操作手机时常会出现因手指无法覆盖到整个显示区域,而无法对手机进行便捷操作的问题。在相关技术中,通过在手机中设置单手模式,并在使用手机时开启单手模式能够有效解决上述问题。虽然在相关技术中已有通过单手滑动轨迹、按键等操作方式来识别并开启单手模式,例如,根据用户的手指在屏幕上的滑动信息,以识别用户为左手操作模式或右手操作模式,比如若用户的手指的滑动加速度从左至右逐渐变大,则识别用户的操作模式为右手操作模式;若用户的手指的滑动加速度从左至右逐渐变小,则识别用户的操作模式为左手操作模式。然而,如何快捷的控制手机开启单手模式仍然处在不断研究中。With the rapid development of mobile communication technology and the popularization of terminals, mobile phones have become an indispensable part of people's lives. At the same time, in order to meet the diverse needs of people, the size of mobile phones is also increasing. With the continuous increase in the size of mobile phones, users often encounter the problem of being unable to perform convenient operations on the mobile phone because their fingers cannot cover the entire display area when operating the mobile phone with one hand. In the related art, the above-mentioned problems can be effectively solved by setting the one-handed mode in the mobile phone and turning on the one-handed mode when using the mobile phone. Although in the related art, the one-handed mode has been identified and turned on by operating methods such as one-handed sliding trajectory and buttons. For example, according to the sliding information of the user's finger on the screen, the user is identified as the left-handed operation mode or the right-handed operation mode. For example, if the sliding acceleration of the user's fingers gradually increases from left to right, the user's operation mode is recognized as the right-handed operation mode; if the user's finger sliding acceleration gradually decreases from left to right, the user's operation mode is recognized as the left-handed operation mode Mode of operation. However, how to quickly control the phone to turn on the one-handed mode is still under constant research.
技术问题technical problem
本申请的目的在于提供一种单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质,旨在解决当前用户不能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,用户操作不便捷的技术问题。The purpose of this application is to provide a single-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium, aiming to solve the technical problem that the current user cannot quickly control the terminal to turn on the single-handed mode, and the user's operation is not convenient.
技术解决方案Technical solutions
本申请的目的在于提供一种单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。The purpose of this application is to provide a single-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to start the single-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
为达到上述目的,本申请的技术方案是这样实现的:In order to achieve the above purpose, the technical solution of this application is realized as follows:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a single-handed mode control method, which is applied to a terminal supporting touch function, and includes:
获取触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;Acquiring touch operation information, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。When the touch operation information meets a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,包括:In the second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a single-handed mode control method, which is applied to a terminal supporting touch function, and includes:
获取预设区域上的触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;Acquiring touch operation information on the preset area, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。When the touch operation information meets a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种支持触摸功能的终端,所述终端包括处理器以及用于存储程序的存储装置;当所述程序被所述处理器执行,使得所述处理器实现如第一方面或第二方面所述的单手模式控制方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal that supports a touch function. The terminal includes a processor and a storage device for storing a program; when the program is executed by the processor, the processor realizes The one-handed mode control method as described in the first aspect or the second aspect.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,实现如第一方面或第二方面所述的单手模式控制方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium storing a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the one-handed mode control method as described in the first or second aspect is implemented.
有益效果Beneficial effect
本申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法、终端及计算机存储介质,所述单手模式控制应用于支持触摸功能的终端,包括:获取触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;确定所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。如此,终端获取第一触控操作信息和第二触控操作信息,并在所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。The one-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present application are applied to a terminal that supports a touch function and include: acquiring touch operation information, and the touch operation includes a first touch Operation and second touch operation; when it is determined that the touch operation information meets a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on. In this way, the terminal obtains the first touch operation information and the second touch operation information, and when the touch operation information satisfies the preset condition, turns on the one-handed mode, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode. The operation is convenient and the user experience is improved.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例中预设区域与各单手模式之间的关系示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of the relationship between a preset area and each single-handed mode in an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图一;3 is a schematic diagram 1 of a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的位置示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of the position of the touch operation on the touch screen in an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图二;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 2 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的接触面积的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a contact area of a touch operation on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图三;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram 3 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的触发对象的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a trigger object of a touch operation on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图四;FIG. 9 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a specific flow chart of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的接触形状的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a contact shape of a touch operation on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图五;11 is a schematic diagram 5 of a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图六;12 is a schematic diagram 6 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图七;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram 7 of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的触控轨迹的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of touch trajectories of touch operations on a touch screen in an embodiment of the application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图八;15 is a schematic diagram eight of a specific process of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种单手模式控制方法的流程示意图;16 is a schematic flowchart of another single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a specific flow chart of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application.
本发明的实施方式Embodiments of the present invention
以下结合说明书附图及具体实施例对本申请技术方案做进一步的详细阐述。除非另有定义,本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本文中在本申请的说明书中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的,不是旨在于限制本申请。本文所使用的术语“和/或”包括一个或多个相关的所列项目的任意的和所有的组合。The technical solution of the present application will be further described in detail below in conjunction with the drawings and specific embodiments of the specification. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by those skilled in the technical field of this application. The terminology used in the specification of the application herein is only for the purpose of describing specific embodiments, and is not intended to limit the application. The term "and/or" as used herein includes any and all combinations of one or more related listed items.
参见图1,为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Referring to FIG. 1, a single-handed mode control method provided by this embodiment of the application is applied to a terminal that supports a touch function. The single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S11:获取触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;Step S11: Acquire touch operation information, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
步骤S12:当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S12: When the touch operation information meets a preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
需要说明的是,所述终端可以是智能手机、个人数字助理、平板电脑等支持触摸功能的移动终端设备,也可以是台式电脑等支持触摸功能的固定终端设备。这里,所述终端中被设置有单手模式,在所述单手模式下,终端可根据用户的操作对显示区域进行调整,从而实现用户能够便捷对终端的显示区域进行单手控制。这里,所述终端支持触摸功能可以是所述终端设置有触摸屏,所述触摸屏可以为电容式触摸屏等。所述第一触控操作和第二触控操作可以为用户的不同手指在所述触摸屏上的点击、按压、触摸等操作。例如,在用户用手指在所述触摸屏上点击时,所述触控操作可以为手指点击的操作;在用户用手指在所述触摸屏上按压时,所述触控操作可以为手指按压的操作。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作可以为同时操作,也可以为串行操作。这里,所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作为同时操作是指所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作在同一时间段如3秒内都保持存在状态,例如,当用户的左手拇指和右手拇指分别接触终端的触摸屏且在同一时间段内都保持接触状态,则说明左手拇指对应的第一触控操作和右手拇指对应的第二触控操作为同时操作。所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作为串行操作是指所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的存在有先后顺序,可以是先检测到第一触控操作,并在第一触控操作完成后,才检测到第二触控操作,即第一触控操作和第二触控操作不同时存在。这里,所述终端中可被设置有一种单手模式,也可被设置有多种单手模式,比如包括左手单手模式和右手单手模式,相应的,所述开启单手模式可以是开启默认的单手模式,也可以是开启左手单手模式或右手单手模式。It should be noted that the terminal may be a mobile terminal device supporting touch function, such as a smart phone, a personal digital assistant, or a tablet computer, or a fixed terminal device supporting touch function, such as a desktop computer. Here, the terminal is provided with a single-handed mode. In the single-handed mode, the terminal can adjust the display area according to the user's operation, so that the user can conveniently control the display area of the terminal with one hand. Here, the terminal supporting a touch function may be that the terminal is provided with a touch screen, and the touch screen may be a capacitive touch screen or the like. The first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking, pressing, and touching on the touch screen with different fingers of the user. For example, when the user clicks with a finger on the touch screen, the touch operation may be a finger click operation; when the user uses a finger to press on the touch screen, the touch operation may be a finger pressing operation. It should be noted that the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be simultaneous operations or serial operations. Here, that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are simultaneous operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are maintained in a state of being in the same period of time, such as 3 seconds, For example, when the user's left thumb and right thumb respectively touch the touch screen of the terminal and remain in contact for the same period of time, it means that the first touch operation corresponding to the left thumb and the second touch operation corresponding to the right thumb are simultaneous operations . The fact that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are serial operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation exist in a sequence, and the first touch operation may be detected first. After the first touch operation is completed, the second touch operation is detected, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation do not exist at the same time. Here, the terminal may be set with a single-handed mode, or may be set with multiple single-handed modes, such as a left-handed single-handed mode and a right-handed single-handed mode. Correspondingly, the activation of the single-handed mode may be to enable The default one-handed mode can also be the left-handed one-handed mode or the right-handed one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S11,所述获取触控操作信息,包括:In one embodiment, step S11, the acquiring touch operation information includes:
检测触控操作;Detect touch operation;
当所述触控操作满足预设规则时,获取所述触控操作信息。When the touch operation satisfies a preset rule, the touch operation information is acquired.
具体地,终端检测到触控操作后,判断所述触控操作是否满足预设规则,当所述触控操作满足预设规则时,获取所述触控操作信息。Specifically, after detecting the touch operation, the terminal determines whether the touch operation meets a preset rule, and when the touch operation meets the preset rule, acquires the touch operation information.
这里,所述第一触控操作和第二触控操作可以是用户的手指在所述终端的触摸屏上进行的点击或滑动等操作,也可以是用户使用特定的设备如与所述终端连接的预设输入设备在所述终端的触摸屏上进行的操作。所述预设规则可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,在一实施方式中,所述预设规则,包括:所述第一触控操作位于第一预设区域内且所述第二触控操作位于第二预设区域内、第一触控操作的操作时间和第二触控操作的操作时间满足预设时间条件、第一触控操作的使用指纹和第二触控操作的使用指纹满足预设指纹条件中的至少一个。需要说明的是,所述终端上可预先设置有第一预设区域和第二预设区域,所述第一预设区域和第二预设区域可以是同一按钮的不同区域,也可以是所述终端的触摸屏上分开的两个不同区域。例如,以所述终端为手机、所述第一预设区域为手机触摸屏的左侧区域且所述第二预设区域为手机触摸屏的右侧区域为例,当用户通过左手拇指触摸手机触摸屏的左侧区域并通过右手拇指触摸手机触摸屏的右侧区域时,此时将检测到用户的左手拇指对应的第一触控操作位于第一预设区域内且用户的右手拇指对应的第二触控操作位于第二预设区域内。所述操作时间可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,可以是指终端接收到触控操作时的时间,相应的,所述满足预设时间条件可以是第一触控操作的操作时间与第二触控操作的操作时间之差在设定时间间隔内,也就是说在设定时间间隔内检测到第一触控操作和第二触控操作。这里,所述时间间隔可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如可以是1秒、2秒、3秒等。此外,所述操作时间可以是指触控操作的持续时间,也可称为触控时长,相应的,所述满足预设时间条件可以是第一触控操作的操作时间和第二触控操作的操作时间都大于预设时间阈值,所述时间阈值可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如可以是1秒、2秒、3秒等。例如,以所述终端为手机、所述第一预设区域为手机触摸屏的左侧区域且所述第二预设区域为手机触摸屏的右侧区域为例,当用户通过左手拇指触摸手机触摸屏的左侧区域并通过右手拇指触摸手机触摸屏的右侧区域时,此时将检测用户的左手拇指对所述左侧区域的触控时长和用户的右手拇指对所述右侧区域的触控时长是否都大于3秒,若是,则说明第一触控操作的操作时间和第二触控操作的操作时间满足预设时间条件。这里,所述满足预设指纹条件可以是指第一触控操作的使用指纹为第一预设指纹且第二触控操作的使用指纹为第二预设指纹。可以理解地,所述终端中可被设置有指纹采集模块,如指纹采集传感器,当用户使用手指触摸所述终端上设置有指纹采集模块的区域时,所述终端可相应获取手指的指纹信息,也就是说所述终端能够获取触控操作的使用指纹,进而可判断触控操作的使用指纹是否为预设指纹。以所述第一预设指纹为左手拇指指纹、所述第二预设指纹为右手拇指指纹为例,所述终端在检测到第一触控操作的使用指纹为用户的左手拇指指纹、第二触控操作的使用指纹为用户的右手拇指指纹时,说明第一触控操作的使用指纹和第二触控操作的使用指纹满足预设指纹条件。如此,在检测到触控操作满足预设规则时,才获取触控操作信息,能够有效避免用户因不小心对触摸屏执行接触或点击等触控操作而误触发单手模式控制的操作,即确保单手模式控制的准确性,进一步提升了用户使用体验。Here, the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking or sliding performed by the user's finger on the touch screen of the terminal, or may be the user using a specific device such as a device connected to the terminal. The operation performed by the input device on the touch screen of the terminal is preset. The preset rule can be set according to actual needs. In one embodiment, the preset rule includes: the first touch operation is located in a first preset area and the second touch operation is located in In the second preset area, the operation time of the first touch operation and the operation time of the second touch operation meet the preset time condition, the fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation meet the preset At least one of the fingerprint conditions. It should be noted that a first preset area and a second preset area may be preset on the terminal, and the first preset area and the second preset area may be different areas of the same button, or all Two different areas separated on the touch screen of the terminal. For example, assuming that the terminal is a mobile phone, the first preset area is the left area of the mobile phone touch screen, and the second preset area is the right area of the mobile phone touch screen, when the user touches the touch screen of the mobile phone with his left thumb When the left area and the right area of the touch screen of the mobile phone are touched with the right thumb, it will be detected that the first touch operation corresponding to the user's left thumb is located in the first preset area and the second touch corresponding to the user's right thumb The operation is located in the second preset area. The operation time may be set according to actual conditions, and may refer to the time when the terminal receives the touch operation. Correspondingly, the meeting the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. The difference between the operation time of the operation is within the set time interval, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation are detected within the set time interval. Here, the time interval can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on. In addition, the operation time may refer to the duration of the touch operation, and may also be referred to as the touch duration. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation The operating time of is greater than a preset time threshold, and the time threshold can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on. For example, assuming that the terminal is a mobile phone, the first preset area is the left area of the mobile phone touch screen, and the second preset area is the right area of the mobile phone touch screen, when the user touches the touch screen of the mobile phone with his left thumb When the left area and the right area of the touch screen of the mobile phone are touched with the right thumb, it will be detected whether the touch duration of the user's left thumb on the left area and the user's right thumb on the right area Both are greater than 3 seconds. If yes, it means that the operation time of the first touch operation and the operation time of the second touch operation meet the preset time condition. Here, the satisfaction of the preset fingerprint condition may mean that the fingerprint used for the first touch operation is the first preset fingerprint and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation is the second preset fingerprint. Understandably, a fingerprint collection module, such as a fingerprint collection sensor, may be provided in the terminal. When a user touches an area on the terminal where the fingerprint collection module is provided with a finger, the terminal can acquire fingerprint information of the finger accordingly. That is to say, the terminal can obtain the fingerprint used for the touch operation, and then can determine whether the fingerprint used for the touch operation is a preset fingerprint. Taking the first preset fingerprint as the left thumb fingerprint and the second preset fingerprint as the right thumb fingerprint as an example, the terminal detects that the fingerprint of the first touch operation is the user's left thumb fingerprint and the second fingerprint. When the fingerprint used for the touch operation is the fingerprint of the user's right thumb, it means that the fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation meet the preset fingerprint conditions. In this way, the touch operation information is acquired only when it is detected that the touch operation meets the preset rules, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally triggering the one-handed mode control operation by accidentally performing touch operations such as touching or clicking on the touch screen. The accuracy of single-handed mode control further enhances the user experience.
需要说明的是,所述预设区域上不同区域可对应不同单手模式。例如,所述预设区域左侧可对应左手单手模式,右侧可对应右手单手模式。可以理解地,可以将第一预设区域和第二预设区域分别划分为至少两个不同区域,如左侧区域和右侧区域,并在需要开启第一预设区域对应的单手模式时,可根据第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域中所在区域开启对应的单手模式。参见图2,假设第一预设区域1和第二预设区域2的左侧都分别对应左手单手模式,且右侧都分别对应右手单手模式,若确定需要开启第一预设区域对应的单手模式且第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的左侧,则可开启左手单手模式。It should be noted that different areas on the preset area may correspond to different single-handed modes. For example, the left side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode. Understandably, the first preset area and the second preset area can be divided into at least two different areas, such as the left area and the right area, and when the one-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area needs to be turned on , The corresponding single-handed mode can be activated in the area where the first preset area is located according to the first touch operation. Referring to Figure 2, it is assumed that the left side of the first preset area 1 and the second preset area 2 respectively correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side respectively correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode. If it is determined that the first preset area needs to be turned on, the corresponding And the first touch operation is on the left side of the first preset area, the left-handed single-handed mode can be turned on.
这里,所述触控操作信息可包括:触控操作的位置、触控操作的接触面积、触控操作的接触形状、触控操作的触控压力、触发触控操作的触发对象、触控操作的触控时长、触控操作的触控轨迹、以及触控操作的触控次数中的至少一种。可以理解地,所述触控操作信息除了可包括上述信息之外,还可包括触控操作的类型如根据点击的次数划分的单击、双击以及多次点击等。根据触控操作信息的不同,所述触控操作信息对应满足的预设条件也不相同。这里,所述预设条件包括下述条件的至少一种:所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件;所述触控操作的接触面积满足面积预设条件;所述触控操作的接触形状满足形状预设条件;所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件;所述触控操作的触发对象满足对象预设条件,所述触发对象满足对象预设条件,包括:所述触发对象是预设手指、与所述终端连接的预设输入设备中的至少一种;所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件;所述触控操作的触控轨迹满足轨迹预设条件;所述触控操作的触控次数满足次数预设条件。此外,步骤S12,当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件,开启单手模式;和/或,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件,开启单手模式;和/或,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件,开启单手模式;和/或,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件,开启单手模式;和/或,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件,开启单手模式;和/或,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件,开启单手模式。综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作信息和第二触控操作信息,并在所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。Here, the touch operation information may include: the position of the touch operation, the contact area of the touch operation, the contact shape of the touch operation, the touch pressure of the touch operation, the trigger object that triggers the touch operation, and the touch operation At least one of the touch duration of the touch operation, the touch trajectory of the touch operation, and the number of touches of the touch operation. It is understandable that, in addition to the above-mentioned information, the touch operation information may also include the type of touch operation, such as single click, double click, and multiple clicks classified according to the number of clicks. According to the difference of the touch operation information, the preset conditions corresponding to the touch operation information are also different. Here, the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition; the contact area of the touch operation satisfies the area preset condition; the contact of the touch operation The shape satisfies the shape preset condition; the touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition; the trigger object of the touch operation satisfies the object preset condition, and the trigger object satisfies the object preset condition, including: The trigger object is at least one of a preset finger and a preset input device connected to the terminal; the touch duration of the touch operation satisfies the preset duration condition; the touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition Set conditions; the number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times. In addition, in step S12, when the touch operation information satisfies a preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first A preset time condition, and/or, the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on; and/or, when the first The touch pressure of the touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset pressure condition, and/or the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset Set the pressure condition and turn on the single-handed mode; and/or, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset trajectory condition, and/or, the second touch The touch control operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset track condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on; and/or, when the first touch operation is in the first preset area, the touch control The number of times meets the first preset number condition, and/or, the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on; and/or, when The contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset area condition, and/or the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first Two preset area conditions, enable the single-handed mode; and/or, when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition, and/or, the second The contact shape of the touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset shape condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. In summary, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal obtains the first touch operation information and the second touch operation information, and when the touch operation information meets a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on to achieve In this way, the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
基于触控操作信息的不同,下面通过多个具体实施例分别对本申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法进行具体详细说明,具体如下:Based on the difference of the touch operation information, the following specific examples are used to describe the single-handed mode control method provided by the embodiments of the present application in detail, which are specifically as follows:
实施例一Example one
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的位置为例,图3为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of this application, the touch operation information is the position of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 3 is a schematic flow diagram of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application. , The single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S101:获取第一触控操作的位置和第二触控操作的位置;Step S101: Obtain the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation;
步骤S102:当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S102: When the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的位置和第二触控操作的位置,并检测所述触控操作的位置是否满足位置预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal supporting the touch function acquires the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation, and detects whether the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, and if so, turns on the one-handed mode.
这里,所述满足位置预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足位置预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的位置和第二触控操作的位置位于预设区域等。同时,根据所述预设区域的数量的不同,若所述预设区域包括第一预设区域和第二预设区域,则所述满足位置预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的位置和第二触控操作的位置位于第一预设区域或第二预设区域,或者分别对应位于第一预设区域和第二预设区域。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式、所述满足位置预设条件为第一触控操作位于第一预设区域且所述第二触控操作位于第二预设区域,则所述终端在根据所述第一触控操作的位置和所述第二触控操作的位置确定所述第一触控操作位于第一预设区域和所述第二触控操作位于第二预设区域时,将开启单手模式。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式,则所述终端可根据 所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作是否对应位于预设区域的位置等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。Here, the preset condition for meeting the position may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset condition for meeting the position may be that the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation are located in a preset area. At the same time, according to the difference in the number of the preset areas, if the preset area includes a first preset area and a second preset area, the satisfaction of the position preset condition may be the result of the first touch operation The position and the position of the second touch operation are located in the first preset area or the second preset area, or correspondingly located in the first preset area and the second preset area. If the terminal is set to only one single-handed mode, and the position preset condition is satisfied that the first touch operation is located in the first preset area and the second touch operation is located in the second preset area, then the The terminal determines, according to the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation, that the first touch operation is located in a first preset area and the second touch operation is located in a second preset area , The one-handed mode will be turned on. In addition, if the terminal is set with two single-handed modes, the terminal can determine which one to turn on according to information such as whether the first touch operation and the second touch operation correspond to the position in the preset area. One-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,所述满足位置预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作位于第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作未位于第二预设区域;或,当所述第一触控操作未在所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域;或,当所述第一触控操作位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域。需要说明的是,当所述终端只被设置有一种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作满足上述位置预设条件,则将开启该单手模式。当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作位于第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作未位于第二预设区域,可以是开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式或所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作未位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域,可以是开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式或所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域,可以检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、接触形状、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以结束时间为例,在所述第一触控操作位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域时,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间早于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,也就是说所述第一触控操作离开所述第一预设区域的时间早于所述第二触控操作离开所述第二预设区域的时间,则可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式或所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间晚于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,也就是说所述第一触控操作离开所述第一预设区域的时间晚于所述第二触控操作离开所述第二预设区域的时间,则可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式或所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式。In one embodiment, the meeting the position preset condition includes: when the first touch operation is located in the first preset area, the second touch operation is not located in the second preset area; or, when the The first touch operation is not in the first preset area, and the second touch operation is in the second preset area; or, when the first touch operation is in the first preset area , The second touch operation is located in the second preset area. It should be noted that when the terminal is set to only one type of single-handed mode, if the first touch operation and the second touch operation meet the above-mentioned position preset conditions, the single-handed mode will be turned on mode. When the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the first touch operation is located in the first preset area and the second touch operation is not located in the second preset area, it may be to turn on The single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area; if the first touch operation is not located in the first preset area, the second touch operation Located in the second preset area, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; if the first touch operation is located in the second preset area A preset area, the second touch operation is located in the second preset area, and the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch control of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can be detected At least one of pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, number of touches and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result. Taking the end time as an example, when the first touch operation is located in the first preset area and the second touch operation is located in the second preset area, if the first touch operation ends The time is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, that is, the time when the first touch operation leaves the first preset area is earlier than the time when the second touch operation leaves the second preset area Area, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the second The end time of the touch operation, that is, the time when the first touch operation leaves the first preset area is later than the time when the second touch operation leaves the second preset area, then it can be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area.
需要说明的是,所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域可以为同一按钮的不同区域,也可以是所述终端的触摸屏上分开的两个不同区域。下面以所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式、所述第一预设区域和所述第二预设区域为两个单独的区域、以及当所述第一触控操作位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域时才满足位置预设条件为例,参见图4,为本实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的位置示意图,其中,位置a和位置b为用户的不同手指在触摸屏上进行触控操作生成的,只有在第一触控操作对应的位置a位于第一预设区域1内,第二触控操作对应的位置b位于第二预设区域2内,即位置a和位置b分别位于对应的预设区域即对应方框内时,终端才开启单手模式。It should be noted that the first preset area and the second preset area may be different areas of the same button, or may be two different areas separated on the touch screen of the terminal. In the following, it is assumed that the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode, the first preset area and the second preset area are two separate areas, and when the first touch operation is located in the first In the preset area, the position preset condition is satisfied only when the second touch operation is located in the second preset area as an example. See FIG. 4, which is a schematic diagram of the position of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment. a and position b are generated by the user’s different fingers performing touch operations on the touch screen. Only when the position a corresponding to the first touch operation is located in the first preset area 1, the position b corresponding to the second touch operation is located in the first preset area 1. 2. In the preset area 2, that is, when the position a and the position b are respectively located in the corresponding preset area, that is, in the corresponding box, the terminal starts the one-handed mode.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的位置和第二触控操作的位置,并在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。In summary, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal acquires the position of the first touch operation and the position of the second touch operation, and when the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, the single-handed operation is activated. The hand mode realizes that the user can quickly control the terminal to start the one-hand mode, which is convenient to operate and improves the user experience.
在一实施方式中,所述当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件,开启单手模式。这里,所述满足第一预设时间条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设第一时长阈值等,所述满足第二预设时间条件可以是所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设第二时长阈值等,所述预设第一时长阈值与预设第二时长阈值可以相等,也可以不相等。可以理解地,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的前提下,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长不满足第二预设时间条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长不满足第一预设时间条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时长条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二 预设时间条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控压力、触控轨迹、触控次数、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的同时,只有所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件,才开启单手模式,能够有效确保单手模式控制的准确性,避免误触发开启单手模式,进一步提升了用户使用体验。In one embodiment, when the position of the touch operation meets a position preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The control duration satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first duration threshold, etc., and the satisfaction of the second preset time condition may be the second The touch duration of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second duration threshold, etc., and the preset first duration threshold and the preset second duration threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition and In the second touch operation, when the touch duration of the second preset area does not meet the second preset time condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch duration of the operation in the first preset area does not satisfy the first preset time condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset duration condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition and the second touch operation When the touch time length of the second preset area meets the second preset time condition, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch pressure, touch track, number of touches, contact shape and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result. In this way, while the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, only the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or, The single-handed mode is activated only when the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of the single-handed activation Mode, further enhance the user experience.
在一实施方式中,所述当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件,开启单手模式。这里,所述满足第一预设压力条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设第一压力阈值等,所述满足第二预设压力条件可以是所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设第二压力阈值等,所述预设第一压力阈值与预设第二压力阈值可以相等,也可以不相等。可以理解地,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的前提下,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力不满足第二预设压力条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力不满足第一预设压力条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的同时,只有所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件,才开启单手模式,能够有效确保单手模式控制的准确性,避免误触发开启单手模式,进一步提升了用户使用体验。In one embodiment, when the position of the touch operation meets a position preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The control pressure satisfies the first preset pressure condition, and/or the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset pressure condition, and the one-handed mode is activated. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset pressure condition may be that the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first pressure threshold, etc., and the satisfaction of the second preset pressure condition may be the second The touch pressure of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second pressure threshold, etc., and the preset first pressure threshold and the preset second pressure threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset pressure condition and In the second touch operation, when the touch pressure of the second preset area does not meet the second preset pressure condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch pressure of the operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset pressure condition and the second touch operation is in the second preset area, the touch pressure meets the second preset pressure condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset pressure condition and the second touch operation When the touch pressure of the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch duration, touch track, number of touches, contact shape and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result. In this way, while the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, only the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset pressure condition, and/or, When the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, the single-handed mode is turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of turning on the single-handed mode. Mode, further enhance the user experience.
在一实施方式中,所述当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件,开启单手模式。这里,所述满足第一预设轨迹条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为预设第一轨迹等,所述满足第二预设轨迹条件可以是所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为预设第二轨迹等,所述预设第一轨迹与预设第二轨迹可以相同,也可以不相同。可以理解地,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的前提下,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹不满足第二预设轨迹条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹不满足第一预设轨迹条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控时长、触控次数、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的同时,只有所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件,才开启单手模式,能够有效确保单手模式控制的准确性,避免误触发开启单手模式,进一步提升了用户使用体验。In one embodiment, when the position of the touch operation meets a position preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The control trajectory satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, and/or the touch trajectory of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset trajectory condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset trajectory condition may be that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a preset first trajectory, etc., and the satisfaction of the second preset trajectory condition may be the second touch operation The touch trajectory of is a preset second trajectory, etc., and the preset first trajectory and the preset second trajectory may be the same or different. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition and In the second touch operation, when the touch trajectory of the second preset area does not meet the second preset trajectory condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch trajectory operated in the first preset area does not satisfy the first preset trajectory condition and the second touch operation is operated in the second preset area the touch trajectory satisfies the second preset trajectory condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition and the second touch operation When the touch trajectory of the second preset area meets the second preset trajectory condition, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch duration, number of touches, contact shape and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result. In this way, while the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, only the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, and/or, Only when the touch track of the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset track condition can the single-handed mode be turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of turning on the single-handed mode. Mode, further enhance the user experience.
在一实施方式中,所述当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件,开启单手模式。这里,所述满足第一预设次数条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控次数等于或大于预设第一次数阈值等,所述满足第二预设次数条件可以是所述第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于预设第二次数阈值等,所述预设第一次数阈值与预设第二次数阈值可以相等,也可以不相等。可以理解地,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的前提下,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数不满足第二预设次数条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数不满足第一预设次数条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控时长、触控轨迹、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的同时,只有所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件,才开启单手模式,能够有效确保单手模式控制的准确性,避免误触发开启单手模式,进一步提升了用户使用体验。In one embodiment, when the position of the touch operation meets a position preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is touched in the first preset area The number of controls meets the first preset number condition, and/or, the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, the condition for meeting the first preset number of times may be that the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first number threshold, etc., and the condition for meeting the second preset number of times may be the first The number of touches of the two-touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second number threshold, etc., and the preset first number threshold and the preset second number threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation meets the position preset condition, when the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset number condition and In the second touch operation, when the number of touches in the second preset area does not meet the second preset number condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area may be turned on; when the first touch When the number of touches operating in the first preset area does not meet the first preset number condition and the second touch operation, the number of touches operating in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; when the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the condition of the first preset number and the second touch operation When the number of touches in the second preset area meets the condition of the second preset number of times, the default single-handed mode may be turned on, or the end of the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be further detected At least one of time, contact area, touch duration, touch track, contact shape and other information, and turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the detection result. In this way, while the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, only the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset number condition, and/or, The single-handed mode is turned on only when the number of touches in the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset frequency condition, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of turning on the single-handed mode. Mode, further enhance the user experience.
在一实施方式中,所述当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件,开启单手模式。这里,所述满足第一预设面积条件可以是所述第一触控操作的接触面积等于或大于预设第一面积阈值等,所述满足第二预设面积条件可以是所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于预设第二面积阈值等,所述预设第一面积阈值与预设第二面积阈值可以相等,也可以不相等。可以理解地,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的前提下,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积不满足第二预设面积条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积不满足第一预设面积条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的同时,只有所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件,才开启单手模式,能够有效确保单手模式控制的准确性,避免误触发开启单手模式,进一步提升了用户使用体验。In one embodiment, when the position of the touch operation meets a position preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is in contact with the first preset area The area satisfies the first preset area condition, and/or, the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset area condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset area condition may be that the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first area threshold, etc., and the satisfaction of the second preset area condition may be the second touch operation. The contact area of the control operation is equal to or greater than the preset second area threshold, etc., and the preset first area threshold and the preset second area threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition and the In the second touch operation, when the contact area of the second preset area does not meet the second preset area condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be turned on; when the first touch operation is When the contact area of the first preset area does not meet the first preset area condition and the second touch operation, when the contact area of the second preset area meets the second preset area condition, the The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area; when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition and the second touch operation is in the second When the contact area of the preset area meets the second preset area condition, the default one-handed mode can be turned on, and the end time, touch pressure, and touch pressure of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can also be further detected. At least one of the touch duration, touch track, number of touches, contact shape and other information, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result. In this way, while the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, only the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition, and/or, so Only when the contact area of the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset area condition can the single-handed mode be turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of the single-handed mode. Further enhance the user experience.
在一实施方式中,所述当所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件时,开启单手模式,还可包括:当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件,开启单手模式。这里,所述满足第一预设形状条件可以是所述第一触控操作的接触形状为预设第一形状等,所述预设第一形状可以是手指形状等。所述满足第二预设形状条件可以是所述第二触控操作的接触形状为预设第二形状等,所述预设第二形状可以是手指形状等。可以理 解地,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的前提下,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状不满足第二预设形状条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状不满足第一预设形状条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件的同时,只有所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件,才开启单手模式,能够有效确保单手模式控制的准确性,避免误触发开启单手模式,进一步提升了用户使用体验。In one embodiment, when the position of the touch operation meets a position preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode may further include: when the first touch operation is in contact with the first preset area The shape satisfies the first preset shape condition, and/or the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the second preset shape condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset shape condition may be that the contact shape of the first touch operation is a preset first shape or the like, and the preset first shape may be a finger shape or the like. The satisfaction of the second preset shape condition may be that the contact shape of the second touch operation is a preset second shape or the like, and the preset second shape may be a finger shape or the like. Understandably, on the premise that the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition and the In the second touch operation, when the contact shape of the second preset area does not meet the second preset shape condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be turned on; when the first touch operation is When the contact shape of the first preset area does not meet the first preset shape condition and the second touch operation, when the contact shape of the second preset area meets the second preset shape condition, the The single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area; when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition and the second touch operation is in the second When the contact shape of the preset area satisfies the second preset shape condition, the default single-handed mode can be turned on, and the end time, contact area, and contact area of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can be further detected. Control at least one of the pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, touch times and other information, and turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result. In this way, while the position of the touch operation satisfies the position preset condition, only the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition, and/or, so Only when the contact shape of the second preset area of the second touch operation meets the second preset shape condition can the single-handed mode be turned on, which can effectively ensure the accuracy of the single-handed mode control and avoid false triggering of the single-handed mode. Further enhance the user experience.
实施例二Example two
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的接触面积为例,图5为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the application, the touch operation information is the contact area of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 5 is a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application. As a schematic diagram, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S201:获取第一触控操作的接触面积和第二触控操作的接触面积;Step S201: Obtain the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation;
步骤S202:当所述触控操作的接触面积满足面积预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S202: When the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition, turn on the single-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的接触面积第一触控操作的接触面积,并检测所述触控操作的接触面积是否满足面积预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal that supports the touch function obtains the contact area of the first touch operation and detects whether the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition, and if so, turns on one-handed mode.
这里,所述满足面积预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足面积预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的接触面积和所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于预设面积阈值、所述第一触控操作的接触面积大于或小于所述第二触控操作的接触面积等。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且所述满足面积预设条件为所述第一触控操作的接触面积和所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于预设面积阈值,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的接触面积和所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于预设面积阈值时,将开启单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作的接触面积和所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于预设面积阈值,可以是所述第一触控操作的接触面积和所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于同一预设面积阈值,或者所述第一触控操作的接触面积等于或大于第一预设面积阈值以及所述第二触控操作的接触面积等于或大于第二预设面积阈值,所述第一预设面积阈值和所述第二预设面积阈值不相同。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的接触面积大小等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。Here, the preset condition for satisfying the area may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset condition for satisfying the area may be that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or Greater than a preset area threshold, the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than or smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation, and so on. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the predetermined condition of meeting area is that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a predetermined area threshold, Then, when the terminal determines that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, the single-handed mode is turned on. It should be noted that the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, and may be the contact area of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. The contact area of the two touch operations is equal to or greater than the same preset area threshold, or the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset area threshold and the contact area of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than A second preset area threshold, where the first preset area threshold and the second preset area threshold are different. In addition, if the terminal is configured with two single-handed modes, the terminal may determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the size of the contact area of the first touch operation and the second touch operation.
在一实施方式中,所述满足面积预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的接触面积大于所述第二触控操作的接触面积;或,当所述第一触控操作的接触面积小于所述第二触控操作的接触面积;或,当所述第一触控操作的接触面积等于所述第二触控操作的接触面积。这里,当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的接触面积大于所述第二触控操作的接触面积,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的接触面积小于所述第二触控操作的接触面积,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的接触面积等于所述第二触控操作的接触面积,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以触控时长为例,在所述第一触控操作的接触面积等于所述第二触控操作的接触面积时,若所述第一触 控操作的触控时长小于所述第二触控操作的触控时长,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的触控时长大于所述第二触控操作的触控时长,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的左侧区域,且所述终端的左侧区域对应的单手模式为左手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为左手单手模式。In one embodiment, the meeting the predetermined condition of the area includes: when the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation; or, when the contact area of the first touch operation is The contact area is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation; or, when the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to the contact area of the second touch operation. Here, when the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, if the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on. The single-handed mode corresponding to the operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the contact area of the first touch operation is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation, the second touch operation may be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to the contact area of the second touch operation, the At least one of the end time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, contact shape, touch pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, touch times and other information, and turn on the corresponding One-handed mode. Taking the touch duration as an example, when the contact area of the first touch operation is equal to the contact area of the second touch operation, if the touch duration of the first touch operation is shorter than the second touch operation For the touch duration of the operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, and if the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation, it can be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
下面以所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且当所述第一触控操作的接触面积和所述第二触控操作的接触面积都等于或大于预设面积阈值时才满足面积预设条件为例,参见图6,为本实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的接触面积示意图,其中,c表示第一触控操作对应的接触面积,d表示第二触控操作对应的接触面积,分别为用户的不同手指在触摸屏上进行触控操作生成的,只有当c和d都等于或大于预设面积阈值时,终端才开启单手模式。In the following, the terminal is only configured with a single-handed mode and the area preset is satisfied when the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation are both equal to or greater than the preset area threshold. As an example, see Fig. 6, which is a schematic diagram of the contact area of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment, where c represents the contact area corresponding to the first touch operation, and d represents the contact area corresponding to the second touch operation, respectively Generated for the user's different fingers to perform touch operations on the touch screen. Only when c and d are both equal to or greater than the preset area threshold, the terminal will start the single-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S202,当所述触控操作的接触面积满足面积预设条件时,开启单手模式,包括:In one embodiment, in step S202, when the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件,开启单手模式。可以理解地,所述满足第一预设面积条件可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积等于或大于一预设面积阈值,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积。这里,所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积之间的面积差等于或大于一设定第一面积阈值,所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积之间的面积差小于一设定第二面积阈值。相应的,所述满足第二预设面积条件可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积等于或大于一预设面积阈值,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积大于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积小于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积。以所述终端被设置有两种单手模式为例,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积不满足第二预设面积条件时,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积不满足第一预设面积条件时,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件时,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。When the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset area condition, and/or, the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset area condition turns on the one-handed mode. It is understandable that the first preset area condition may be satisfied when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, or it may be the first touch operation. The contact area of the control operation in the first preset area is larger than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area. The contact area of the area is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area. Here, the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be that the first touch operation is in all The area difference between the contact area of the first preset area and the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set first area threshold, and the first touch The contact area of the operation in the first preset area is smaller than the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be the contact of the first touch operation in the first preset area The area difference between the area and the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area is smaller than a set second area threshold. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the second preset area condition may be that the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset area threshold, or it may be the second touch operation. The contact area of the operation in the second preset area is larger than the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area The contact area of is smaller than the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area. Taking the terminal being configured with two single-handed modes as an example, when the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset area condition, the second touch operation is in When the contact area of the second preset area does not meet the second preset area condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; The contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset area condition, and the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset area condition When the second touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; when the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first Two preset area conditions, the first touch operation may further detect the first touch operation and the second touch when the contact area of the first preset area meets the first preset area condition At least one of the information such as the end time of the operation, the contact shape, the touch pressure, the touch duration, the touch track, the number of touches, etc., and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的接触面积和第二触控操作的接触面积,并在所述触控操作的接触面积满足面积预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。In summary, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal obtains the contact area of the first touch operation and the contact area of the second touch operation, and when the contact area of the touch operation meets the area preset condition , Turn on the one-handed mode, realize that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
实施例三Example three
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触发触控操作的触发对象为例,图7为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该 单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of this application, the touch operation information is used as the trigger object for triggering the touch operation as an example. FIG. 7 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of this application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S301:获取触发第一触控操作的触发对象和触发第二触控操作的触发对象;Step S301: Obtain the trigger object that triggers the first touch operation and the trigger object that triggers the second touch operation;
步骤S302:当所述触控操作的触发对象满足对象预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S302: When the object triggered by the touch operation meets the object preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取触发第一触控操作的触发对象和触发第二触控操作的触发对象,并检测所述触发触控操作的触发对象是否满足对象预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。这里,所述满足对象预设条件,包括:所述触发对象是预设手指、与所述终端连接的预设输入设备中的至少一种,所述预设输入设备可以是触控笔等。Specifically, the terminal that supports the touch function obtains the trigger object that triggers the first touch operation and the trigger object that triggers the second touch operation, and detects whether the trigger object that triggers the touch operation meets the object preset condition, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode. Here, satisfying the object preset condition includes: the trigger object is at least one of a preset finger and a preset input device connected to the terminal, and the preset input device may be a stylus or the like.
可以理解地,若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且所述满足对象预设条件为触发对象是预设手指,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的触发对象和所述第二触控操作的触发对象为预设手指时,将开启单手模式。这里,所述满足对象预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触发对象为第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象为第二预设手指,所述第一预设手指与所述第二预设手指为不同的手指。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式且所述满足对象预设条件为所述第一触控操作的触发对象为第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象为第二预设手指,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作的触发对象和所述第二触控操作的触发对象是否为相应预设手指等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。需要说明的是,可以通过检测触发对象是否包含手指指纹信息以判断触发对象是否为手指,并通过检测触发对象是否包含预设手指的指纹信息判断触发对象是否为预设手指。Understandably, if the terminal is set to only one single-handed mode and the preset condition of the object is met, the trigger object is a preset finger, then the terminal is determining the trigger object of the first touch operation and the finger. When the trigger object of the second touch operation is the preset finger, the single-handed mode will be turned on. Here, the satisfying object preset condition may be that the trigger object of the first touch operation is a first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is a second preset finger, and the first preset It is assumed that the finger and the second preset finger are different fingers. In addition, if the terminal is set to two single-handed modes and the trigger object that satisfies the object preset condition that the first touch operation is the first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation If the finger is the second preset finger, the terminal may determine which single-handed mode to turn on according to information such as whether the trigger object of the first touch operation and the trigger object of the second touch operation are corresponding preset fingers. It should be noted that it is possible to determine whether the trigger object is a finger by detecting whether the trigger object contains fingerprint information of a finger, and whether the trigger object is a preset finger by detecting whether the trigger object contains fingerprint information of a preset finger.
在一实施方式中,所述满足对象预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的触发对象是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象不是第二预设手指;或,当所述第一触控操作的触发对象不是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象是第二预设手指;或,当所述第一触控操作的触发对象是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象是第二预设手指。需要说明的是,当所述终端只被设置有一种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作满足上述对象预设条件,则将开启该单手模式。当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的触发对象是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象不是第二预设手指,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触发对象不是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象是第二预设手指,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触发对象是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象是第二预设手指,可以检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、接触形状、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以结束时间为例,在所述第一触控操作的触发对象是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象是第二预设手指时,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间早于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间晚于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的左侧区域,且所述终端的左侧区域对应的单手模式为左手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为左手单手模式。In one embodiment, the satisfying the object preset condition includes: when the trigger object of the first touch operation is a first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is not a second preset finger Or, when the trigger object of the first touch operation is not the first preset finger, and the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger; or, when the first touch operation is triggered The object is the first preset finger, and the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger. It should be noted that when the terminal is set with only one type of single-handed mode, if the first touch operation and the second touch operation meet the above-mentioned object preset conditions, the single-handed mode will be turned on mode. When the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is not the second preset finger , The single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; if the trigger object of the first touch operation is not the first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset The finger may be the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first preset finger, the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger. Assuming a finger, it can detect at least one of the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, etc. One type, and turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result. Taking the end time as an example, when the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first preset finger, and the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger, if the first touch operation is If the end time of the first touch operation is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the second touch operation At the end time of the control operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
下面以所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式、所述第一预设手指和所述第二预设手指为两个不同的手指、以及当所述第一触控操作的触发对象是第一预设手指,所述第二触控操作的触发对象是第二预设手指时才满足对象预设条件为例,如图8所示,为本实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的触发对象的示意图,其中,e表示第一触控操作的触发对象,f表示第二触控操作的触发对象,只有当第一触控操作的触发对象e为第一预设手指和第二触控操作的触发对象f为第二预设手指时,终端才开启单手模式。In the following, it is assumed that the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode, the first preset finger and the second preset finger are two different fingers, and when the trigger object of the first touch operation is the first A preset finger. For example, when the trigger object of the second touch operation is the second preset finger, the preset condition of the object is satisfied. As shown in FIG. 8, this is the trigger object of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment. Where e represents the trigger object of the first touch operation, f represents the trigger object of the second touch operation, only when the trigger object e of the first touch operation is the first preset finger and the second touch operation When the trigger object f of is the second preset finger, the terminal starts the single-handed mode.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的触发对象和第二触 控操作的触发对象,并在所述触控操作的触发对象满足对象预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。In summary, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal acquires the trigger object of the first touch operation and the trigger object of the second touch operation, and when the trigger object of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the object , Turn on the one-handed mode, realize that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
实施例四Example four
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的接触形状为例,图9为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the present application, the touch operation information is the contact shape of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 9 is a specific flow of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As a schematic diagram, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S401:获取第一触控操作的接触形状和第二触控操作的接触形状;Step S401: Obtain the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation;
步骤S402:当所述触控操作的接触形状满足形状预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S402: When the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition, turn on the single-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的接触形状和第二触控操作的接触形状,并检测所述触控操作的接触形状是否满足形状预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal that supports the touch function acquires the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation, and detects whether the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition, and if so, the single Hand pattern.
这里,所述满足形状预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足形状预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的接触形状和所述第二触控操作的接触形状为预设形状等,所述预设形状可以是手指形状等。此外,所述预设形状可以设置为包括一个或多个预设形状,比如可设置为第一预设形状和第二预设形状。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且所述满足形状预设条件为所述第一触控操作的接触形状和所述第二触控操作的接触形状为预设形状,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的接触形状和所述第二触控操作的接触形状为预设形状时,将开启单手模式。这里,若所述预设形状包括第一预设形状和第二预设形状,则确定所述第一触控操作的接触形状和所述第二触控操作的接触形状为预设形状可以是所述第一触控操作的接触形状为第一预设形状且所述第二触控操作的接触形状为第二预设形状,第一预设形状与第二预设形状可以相同,也可以不同。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式且所述满足形状预设条件为接触形状为预设形状,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作的接触形状和所述第二触控操作的接触形状分别与预设形状的相似度大小等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。Here, the preset condition for satisfying the shape may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset condition for satisfying the shape may be that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are preset. Assuming a shape and the like, the preset shape may be a finger shape or the like. In addition, the preset shape may be set to include one or more preset shapes, for example, may be set to a first preset shape and a second preset shape. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the shape preset condition is satisfied that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are preset shapes, then When the terminal determines that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are preset shapes, the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, if the preset shape includes a first preset shape and a second preset shape, determining that the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are the preset shapes may be The contact shape of the first touch operation is a first preset shape and the contact shape of the second touch operation is a second preset shape. The first preset shape and the second preset shape may be the same or may be different. In addition, if the terminal is set with two single-handed modes and the shape preset condition is satisfied that the contact shape is a preset shape, the terminal can be based on the contact shape of the first touch operation and the first touch operation. Information such as the similarity between the contact shape of the two touch operations and the preset shape determines which single-handed mode is turned on.
在一实施方式中,所述满足形状预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的接触形状为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状不为第二预设形状;或,当所述第一触控操作的接触形状不为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状为第二预设形状;或,当所述第一触控操作的接触形状为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状为第二预设形状。这里,接触形状为预设形状可以理解为接触形状与预设形状相似,比如接触形状与预设形状之间的相似度大于一预设阈值。需要说明的是,当所述终端只被设置有一种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的接触形状满足上述形状预设条件,则将开启该单手模式。当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的接触形状为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状不为第二预设形状,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的接触形状不为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状为与第二预设形状,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的接触形状为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状为第二预设形状,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以结束时间为例,在所述第一触控操作的接触形状为第一预设形状,所述第二触控操作的接触形状为第二预设形状时,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间早于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间晚于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。当然,当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,也可以是开启与对应预设形状的相似度最大的触控操作对应的单手模式。可以理解地,所述触控操作的接触形状为预设形状可以是指触控操作的接触形状与预设形状之间的相似度大于预设相似度阈值,或触控操作的接触形状包含预设形状等。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作 对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的左侧区域,且所述终端的左侧区域对应的单手模式为左手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为左手单手模式。In one embodiment, the satisfying the shape preset condition includes: when the contact shape of the first touch operation is a first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is not a second preset shape Shape; or, when the contact shape of the first touch operation is not the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is the second preset shape; or, when the first touch operation The contact shape of is a first preset shape, and the contact shape of the second touch operation is a second preset shape. Here, that the contact shape is a preset shape can be understood as the contact shape is similar to the preset shape, for example, the similarity between the contact shape and the preset shape is greater than a preset threshold. It should be noted that when the terminal is set with only one type of single-handed mode, if the contact shape of the first touch operation and the second touch operation meets the above-mentioned shape preset condition, it will be turned on The one-handed mode. When the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the contact shape of the first touch operation is the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is not the second preset The shape may be the one-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the contact shape of the first touch operation is not the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is the same as that of the first touch operation. Two preset shapes, which can be the one-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the contact shape of the first touch operation is the first preset shape, the contact shape of the second touch operation is The second preset shape can further detect the end time, contact area, touch pressure, touch duration, touch trajectory, number of touches and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. At least one, and activate the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result. Taking the end time as an example, when the contact shape of the first touch operation is a first preset shape, and the contact shape of the second touch operation is a second preset shape, if the first touch operation is If the end time of the first touch operation is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the second touch operation At the end time of the control operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on. Of course, when the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, the single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation with the greatest similarity corresponding to the preset shape may also be turned on. Understandably, that the contact shape of the touch operation is a preset shape may mean that the similarity between the contact shape of the touch operation and the preset shape is greater than the preset similarity threshold, or the contact shape of the touch operation includes the preset shape. Set the shape and so on. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the position of the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
需要说明的是,所述第一预设形状和所述第二预设形状可以为同一个形状;或,所述第一预设形状和所述第二预设形状可以为不同的形状。下面以所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且当所述第一触控操作的接触形状和所述第二触控操作的接触形状都为预设手指形状时才满足形状预设条件为例,参见图10,为本实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的接触形状示意图,其中,g表示第一触控操作的接触形状,h表示第二触控操作的接触形状,分别为用户的不同手指在触摸屏上进行触控操作生成的,只有当g和h都为预设手指形状时,终端才开启单手模式。It should be noted that the first preset shape and the second preset shape may be the same shape; or, the first preset shape and the second preset shape may be different shapes. Hereinafter, it is assumed that the terminal is only configured with a single-handed mode and the shape preset condition is satisfied when the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation are both preset finger shapes as For example, refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic diagram of the contact shape of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment, where g represents the contact shape of the first touch operation, and h represents the contact shape of the second touch operation, which are different for the user. When the finger is generated by the touch operation on the touch screen, only when g and h are the preset finger shapes, the terminal will start the single-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S402,当所述触控操作的接触形状满足形状预设条件时,开启单手模式,包括:In one embodiment, in step S402, when the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设面积条件,开启单手模式。When the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset shape condition, and/or, the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset area condition turns on the one-handed mode.
可以理解地,所述满足第一预设形状条件可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状为预设形状,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状之间的相似度差等于或大于一设定相似度阈值,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状之间的相似度差小于一设定相似度阈值。相应的,所述满足第二预设形状条件可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状为预设形状,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状与所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状之间的相似度差小于一设定相似度阈值,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状与所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状之间的相似度差小于一设定相似度阈值。以所述终端被设置有两种单手模式为例,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状不满足第二预设形状条件时,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状不满足第一预设形状条件时,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件时,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。It is understandable that the first preset shape condition may be satisfied when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area is a preset shape, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area. The similarity difference between the contact shape of the first preset area and the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set similarity threshold, and it may also be the first The similarity difference between the contact shape of a touch operation in the first predetermined area and the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second predetermined area is smaller than a set similarity threshold. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the second preset shape condition may be that the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area is a preset shape, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area. The similarity difference between the contact shape of the second preset area and the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area is less than a set similarity threshold, and it may also be the second touch The similarity difference between the contact shape of the operation in the second preset area and the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area is smaller than a set similarity threshold. Taking the terminal being configured with two single-handed modes as an example, when the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset shape condition, the second touch operation is in When the contact shape of the second preset area does not meet the second preset shape condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; The contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset shape condition, and the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset shape condition When the second touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; when the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first Two preset shape conditions, the first touch operation may further detect the first touch operation and the second touch when the contact shape of the first preset area meets the first preset shape condition At least one of the information such as the end time of the operation, the contact area, the touch pressure, the touch duration, the touch track, the number of touches, etc., and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的接触形状和第二触控操作的接触形状,并在所述触控操作的接触形状满足形状预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。In summary, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal obtains the contact shape of the first touch operation and the contact shape of the second touch operation, and when the contact shape of the touch operation meets the shape preset condition , Turn on the one-handed mode, realize that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
实施例五Example five
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的触控压力为例,图11为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept as the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the application, the touch operation information is the touch pressure of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 11 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S501:获取第一触控操作的触控压力和第二触控操作的触控压力;Step S501: Obtain the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation;
步骤S502:当所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S502: When the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的触控压力和第二触控操作的触控压力,并检测所述触控操作的触控压力是否满足压力预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal supporting the touch function obtains the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation, and detects whether the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset condition, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
这里,所述满足压力预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足压力预设条 件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控压力和所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设压力阈值、所述第一触控操作的触控压力大于或小于所述第二触控操作的触控压力等。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且所述满足压力预设条件为所述第一触控操作的触控压力和所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设压力阈值,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的触控压力和所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设压力阈值时,将开启单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作的触控压力和所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设压力阈值,可以是所述第一触控操作的触控压力和所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于同一预设压力阈值,或者所述第一触控操作的触控压力等于或大于第一预设压力阈值以及所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于第二预设压力阈值,所述第一预设压力阈值和所述第二预设压力阈值不相同。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的触控压力大小等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。Here, the preset conditions for satisfying the pressure may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset conditions for satisfying the pressure may be the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation. It is equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, the touch pressure of the first touch operation is greater than or less than the touch pressure of the second touch operation, and so on. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the pressure preset condition is satisfied, the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than the preset pressure Threshold, the terminal will turn on the single-handed mode when it is determined that the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold. It should be noted that the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, and may be the touch pressure of the first touch operation and The touch pressure of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than the same preset pressure threshold, or the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset pressure threshold and the pressure of the second touch operation The touch pressure is equal to or greater than a second preset pressure threshold, and the first preset pressure threshold and the second preset pressure threshold are different. In addition, if the terminal is configured with two single-handed modes, the terminal may determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the second touch operation .
在一实施方式中,所述满足压力预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的触控压力大于所述第二触控操作的触控压力;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控压力小于所述第二触控操作的触控压力;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控压力等于所述第二触控操作的触控压力。这里,当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的触控压力大于所述第二触控操作的触控压力,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控压力小于所述第二触控操作的触控压力,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控压力等于所述第二触控操作的触控压力,可以检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、接触形状、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以接触面积为例,在所述第一触控操作的触控压力等于所述第二触控操作的触控压力时,若所述第一触控操作的接触面积小于所述第二触控操作的接触面积,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的接触面积大于所述第二触控操作的接触面积,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的左侧区域,且所述终端的左侧区域对应的单手模式为左手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为左手单手模式。In one embodiment, the satisfying the pressure preset condition includes: when the touch pressure of the first touch operation is greater than the touch pressure of the second touch operation; or, when the first touch operation The touch pressure of the operation is less than the touch pressure of the second touch operation; or, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to the touch pressure of the second touch operation. Here, when the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, if the touch pressure of the first touch operation is greater than the touch pressure of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on. The single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the touch pressure of the first touch operation is less than the touch pressure of the second touch operation, it can be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to the touch pressure of the second touch operation , Can detect at least one of the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch duration, touch trajectory, number of touches and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, and based on the detection As a result, the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on. Taking the contact area as an example, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to the touch pressure of the second touch operation, if the contact area of the first touch operation is smaller than the second touch operation The contact area of the operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on; if the contact area of the first touch operation is greater than the contact area of the second touch operation, the first touch operation can be turned on One-handed mode corresponding to one touch operation. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the first touch operation is located is the left-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the left-hand area of the terminal is the left-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the left-handed one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S502,当所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件时,开启单手模式,包括:In one embodiment, in step S502, when the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力满足第二预设压力条件,开启单手模式。可以理解地,所述满足第一预设压力条件可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力等于或大于一预设压力阈值,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力。这里,所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力之间的压力差等于或大于一设定第一压力阈值,所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力之间的压力差小于一设定第二压力阈值。相应的,所述满足第二预设压力条件可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力等于或大于一预设压力阈值,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域 的操作压力大于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力小于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力。以所述终端被设置有两种单手模式为例,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力满足第一预设压力条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力不满足第二预设压力条件时,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力满足第二预设压力条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力不满足第一预设压力条件时,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的操作压力满足第二预设压力条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的操作压力满足第一预设压力条件时,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、接触面积、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。When the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset pressure condition, and/or, the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset pressure condition turns on the one-handed mode. It is understandable that the first preset pressure condition may be satisfied when the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, or it may be the first touch operation. The operating pressure of the control operation in the first preset area is greater than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area. The operating pressure of the area is less than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area. Here, the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area is greater than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be that the first touch operation is at all The pressure difference between the operating pressure of the first preset area and the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set first pressure threshold, and the first touch The operating pressure of the operation in the first preset area is less than the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be the operation of the first touch operation in the first preset area The pressure difference between the pressure and the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area is less than a set second pressure threshold. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the second preset pressure condition may be that the operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset pressure threshold, or it may be the second touch operation. The operating pressure of the operation in the second preset area is greater than the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area The operating pressure of is less than the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area. Taking the terminal set to have two single-handed modes as an example, when the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset pressure condition, the second touch operation is in When the operating pressure of the second preset area does not meet the second preset pressure condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; The operating pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, and the operating pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first preset pressure condition When the second touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode or the first touch operation corresponds to the single-handed mode; when the operation pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies the first 2. A preset pressure condition. When the operating pressure of the first preset area of the first touch operation meets the first preset pressure condition, the first touch operation and the second touch can be further detected At least one of the information such as the end time of the operation, the contact shape, the contact area, the touch duration, the touch track, and the number of touches, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的触控压力和第二触控操作的触控压力,并在所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。In summary, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal obtains the touch pressure of the first touch operation and the touch pressure of the second touch operation, and when the touch pressure of the touch operation meets the pressure preset When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
实施例六Example Six
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的触控时长为例,图12为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the present application, the touch operation information is the touch duration of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 12 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S601:获取第一触控操作的触控时长和第二触控操作的触控时长;Step S601: Obtain the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation;
步骤S602:当所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S602: When the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset duration condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的触控时长和第二触控操作的触控时长,并检测所述触控操作的触控时长是否满足时长预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal supporting the touch function obtains the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation, and detects whether the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset time duration condition, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
这里,所述满足时长预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足时长预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控时长和所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设时长阈值、所述第一触控操作的触控时长大于或小于所述第二触控操作的触控时长等。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式、且所述满足时长预设条件为第一触控时长和所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设时长阈值,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的触控时长和所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设时长阈值时,将开启单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作的触控时长和所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设时长阈值可以是所述第一触控操作的触控时长和所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于同一预设时长阈值,或者所述第一触控操作的触控时长等于或大于第一预设时长阈值以及所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于第二预设时长阈值,所述第一预设时长阈值和所述第二预设时长阈值不相同。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的触控时长大小等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。Here, the preset condition of satisfying duration may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset condition of satisfying duration may be the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation It is equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold, the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than or less than the touch duration of the second touch operation, and so on. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode, and the preset condition for meeting duration is that the first touch duration and the touch duration of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold, When the terminal determines that the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold, the single-handed mode is turned on. It should be noted that the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset duration threshold may be the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation. The touch duration of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than the same preset duration threshold, or the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset duration threshold and the touch duration of the second touch operation The control duration is equal to or greater than a second preset duration threshold, and the first preset duration threshold is different from the second preset duration threshold. In addition, if the terminal is configured with two single-handed modes, the terminal can determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the touch duration of the first touch operation and the second touch operation .
在一实施方式中,所述满足时长预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的触控时长大于所述第二触控操作的触控时长;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控时长小于所述第二触控操作的触控时长;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控时长等于所述第二触控操作的触控时长。这里,当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的触控时长大于所述第二触控操作的触控时长,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控时长小于所述第二触控操作的触控时长,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控时长等于所述第二触控操作的触控时长,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、接触面积、触控压力、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以触控次数为 例,在所述第一触控操作的触控时长等于所述第二触控操作的触控时长时,若所述第一触控操作的触控次数小于所述第二触控操作的触控次数,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的触控次数大于所述第二触控操作的触控次数,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的右侧区域,且所述终端的右侧区域对应的单手模式为右手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为右手单手模式。In one embodiment, the meeting the preset condition of duration includes: when the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation; or, when the first touch operation The touch duration of the operation is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation; or, when the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to the touch duration of the second touch operation. Here, when the terminal is configured with two types of single-handed modes, if the touch duration of the first touch operation is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on. The single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the touch duration of the first touch operation is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation, it may be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to the touch duration of the second touch operation , It is possible to further detect at least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, and according to The detection result turns on the corresponding one-handed mode. Taking the number of touches as an example, when the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to the touch duration of the second touch operation, if the number of touches of the first touch operation is less than that of the second touch operation, The number of touches of the touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, and if the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than the number of touches of the second touch operation, then The single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the location of the first touch operation is located is the right-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the right-hand area of the terminal is the right-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the right-handed one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S602,当所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件时,开启单手模式,包括:In one embodiment, in step S602, when the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset duration condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件,开启单手模式。可以理解地,所述满足第一预设时间条件可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长等于或大于预设时间阈值,可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长。这里,所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长之间的时间差等于或大于一设定时间阈值,所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长之间的时间差小于一设定时间阈值。相应的,所述满足第二预设时间条件可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长等于或大于预设时间阈值,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长大于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长小于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长。以所述终端被设置有两种单手模式为例,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长不满足第二预设时间条件时,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长不满足第一预设时间条件时,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时间满足第二预设时间条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时间满足第一预设时间条件时,可以是进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、接触面积、触控压力、触控轨迹、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。When the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset time condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area When the duration meets the second preset time condition, the one-handed mode is turned on. Understandably, that the first preset time condition is satisfied may be that the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a preset time threshold, and may be the first touch The touch duration of the operation in the first preset area is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area. It is assumed that the touch duration of the area is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area. Here, the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area is greater than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be the first touch operation The time difference between the touch duration of the first preset area and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set time threshold, and the first touch The touch duration of the control operation in the first preset area is less than the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area The time difference between the touch duration of the area and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area is less than a set time threshold. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the second preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset time threshold, or it may be the second touch The touch duration of the operation in the second preset area is greater than the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area, or the second touch operation may be in the second preset area. It is assumed that the touch duration of the area is less than the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area. Taking the terminal set to have two single-handed modes as an example, when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, the second touch operation When the touch duration of the second preset area does not meet the second preset time condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when The touch duration of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets a second preset time condition, and the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the time condition is preset, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; when the second touch operation is in the second preset area When the touch time satisfies the second preset time condition, and the touch time of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, the first touch operation may be further detected And at least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the second touch operation, and turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the detection result.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的触控时长和第二触控操作的触控时长,并在所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。To sum up, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal obtains the touch duration of the first touch operation and the touch duration of the second touch operation, and when the touch duration of the touch operation meets the duration preset When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
实施例七Example Seven
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的触控轨迹为例,图13为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the application, the touch operation information is the touch trajectory of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 13 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S701:获取第一触控操作的触控轨迹和第二触控操作的触控轨迹;Step S701: Obtain the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation;
步骤S702:当所述触控操作的触控轨迹满足轨迹预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S702: When the touch trajectory of the touch operation meets the trajectory preset condition, turn on the single-handed mode.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的触控轨迹和第二触控操作的触控轨迹, 并检测所述触控操作的触控时长是否满足轨迹预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal that supports the touch function obtains the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation, and detects whether the touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the trajectory, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
这里,所述满足轨迹预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足轨迹预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹和第二触控操作的触控轨迹为预设轨迹、所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹与第二触控操作的触控轨迹相同等,所述预设轨迹可以是圆圈、直线、直角、圆弧等。此外,所述预设轨迹可以设置为包括一个或多个预设轨迹,比如第一预设轨迹和第二预设轨迹。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式、且所述满足轨迹预设条件为第一触控操作的触控轨迹和第二触控操作的触控轨迹为预设轨迹,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹和所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为预设轨迹时,将开启单手模式。这里,若所述预设轨迹有两个如第一预设轨迹和第二预设轨迹,则所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹和所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为预设轨迹可以是指所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为第一预设轨迹且所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为第二预设轨迹,第一预设轨迹与第二预设轨迹不同。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹与预设轨迹的相似度大小等信息确定开启哪种单手模式。Here, the preset condition for satisfying the trajectory may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset condition for satisfying the trajectory may be that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are preset. Assuming that the trajectory, the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is the same as the touch trajectory of the second touch operation, etc., the preset trajectory may be a circle, a straight line, a right angle, an arc, and the like. In addition, the preset trajectory may be set to include one or more preset trajectories, such as a first preset trajectory and a second preset trajectory. If the terminal is set to only one single-handed mode, and the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation satisfying the trajectory preset condition are preset trajectories, the terminal When it is determined that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are preset trajectories, the single-handed mode is turned on. Here, if there are two preset trajectories, such as a first preset trajectory and a second preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are the preset trajectories. The trajectory may mean that the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a first preset trajectory and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, the first preset trajectory and the second preset trajectory Let the trajectory be different. In addition, if the terminal is configured with two single-handed modes, the terminal can use information such as the degree of similarity between the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the second touch operation and the preset trajectory, etc. Determine which one-handed mode is turned on.
在一实施方式中,所述满足轨迹预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹不为第二预设轨迹;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹不为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为第二预设轨迹;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为第二预设轨迹。这里,当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹不为第二预设轨迹,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹不为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为第二预设轨迹,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为第二预设轨迹,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、接触面积、触控压力、触控时长、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以结束时间为例,在所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹为第一预设轨迹,所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹为第二预设轨迹时,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间早于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间晚于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。可以理解地,所述触控操作的触控轨迹为预设轨迹可以是触控操作的触控轨迹与预设轨迹相似,而触控操作的触控轨迹与预设轨迹相似可以是指触控操作的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度大于预设相似度阈值,或触控操作的触控轨迹包含预设轨迹等。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的右侧区域,且所述终端的右侧区域对应的单手模式为右手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为右手单手模式。In one embodiment, the satisfying the preset condition of the trajectory includes: when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is the first preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is not the second A preset trajectory; or, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is not a first preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory; or, when the first touch operation The touch trajectory of a touch operation is a first preset trajectory, and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory. Here, when the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is the first preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is not The second preset trajectory may be the one-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is not the first A preset trajectory, the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, which may be the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed corresponding to the first touch operation Mode; if the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a first preset trajectory, and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, the first touch operation and At least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch duration, and number of touches of the second touch operation, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result. Taking the end time as an example, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation is a first preset trajectory, and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation is a second preset trajectory, if the first touch The end time of the control operation is earlier than the end time of the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the end time of the first touch operation At the end time of the second touch operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on. Understandably, that the touch trajectory of the touch operation is a preset trajectory may be that the touch trajectory of the touch operation is similar to the preset trajectory, and the touch trajectory of the touch operation is similar to the preset trajectory may mean that the touch The similarity between the touch trajectory of the operation and the preset trajectory is greater than the preset similarity threshold, or the touch trajectory of the touch operation includes the preset trajectory, etc. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the location of the first touch operation is located is the right-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the right-hand area of the terminal is the right-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the right-handed one-handed mode.
需要说明的是,所述第一预设轨迹和所述第二预设轨迹可以为同一个轨迹;或,所述第一预设轨迹和所述第二预设轨迹可以为不同的轨迹。下面以所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式、且当所述第一触控操作的触控轨迹和所述第二触控操作的触控轨迹都与预设轨迹相似时才满足轨迹预设条件为例,参见图14,为本实施例中触摸屏上触控操作的触控轨迹示意图,其中,i表示第一触控操作的触控轨迹,j表示第二触控操作的触控轨迹,分别为用户的不同手指在触摸屏上进行触控操作生成的,只有当i和j都与预设轨迹相似时,终端才开启单手模式。It should be noted that the first preset trajectory and the second preset trajectory may be the same trajectory; or, the first preset trajectory and the second preset trajectory may be different trajectories. In the following, it is assumed that the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode, and when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation are both similar to the preset trajectory, the trajectory prediction is satisfied. Assume the condition as an example, see FIG. 14, which is a schematic diagram of the touch trajectory of the touch operation on the touch screen in this embodiment, where i represents the touch trajectory of the first touch operation, and j represents the touch trajectory of the second touch operation , Respectively generated by the user's different fingers for touch operations on the touch screen, only when i and j are similar to the preset trajectory, the terminal will start the single-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S702,当所述触控操作的触控轨迹满足轨迹预设条件时,开启单手 模式,包括:In one embodiment, in step S702, when the touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件,开启单手模式。可以理解地,所述满足第一预设轨迹条件可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹为预设轨迹,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度大于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度小于所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度。相应的,所述满足第二预设轨迹条件可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹为预设轨迹,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度大于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度小于所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹与预设轨迹之间的相似度。以所述终端被设置有两种单手模式为例,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹不满足第二预设轨迹条件时,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹不满足第一预设轨迹条件时,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件时,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、接触形状、触控压力、触控时长、触控次数等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。When the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset trajectory condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area The trajectory meets the second preset trajectory condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. It is understandable that the first preset trajectory condition may be satisfied when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area is the preset trajectory, or it may be that the first touch operation is in the first preset area. The similarity between the touch trajectory of the first preset area and the preset trajectory is greater than the similarity between the touch trajectory of the second preset area and the preset trajectory of the second touch operation; It may also be that the similarity between the touch trajectory of the first preset area and the preset trajectory of the first touch operation is smaller than that of the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area. The similarity between the trajectory and the preset trajectory. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the second preset trajectory condition may be that the touch trajectory of the second touch operation in the second preset area is the preset trajectory, or it may be that the second touch operation is in the second preset area. The similarity between the touch trajectory of the second preset area and the preset trajectory is greater than the similarity between the touch trajectory of the first preset area and the preset trajectory of the first touch operation. It may be that the similarity between the touch trajectory of the second preset area and the preset trajectory of the second touch operation is smaller than the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area The similarity with the preset trajectory. Taking the terminal set to have two single-handed modes as an example, when the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, the second touch operation When the touch trajectory of the second preset area does not meet the second preset trajectory condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when The touch trajectory of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset trajectory condition, and the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the trajectory condition is preset, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; when the first touch operation is in the first preset area When the touch trajectory satisfies the first preset trajectory condition, and the second touch operation, when the touch trajectory of the second preset area satisfies the second preset trajectory condition, the first touch operation and At least one of the end time of the second touch operation, the contact area, the contact shape, the touch pressure, the touch duration, the number of touches, etc., and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的触控轨迹和第二触控操作的触控轨迹,并在所述触控操作的触控轨迹满足轨迹预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。To sum up, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the above embodiments, the terminal obtains the touch trajectory of the first touch operation and the touch trajectory of the second touch operation, and when the touch trajectory of the touch operation meets the trajectory preset When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
实施例八Example eight
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例中以所述触控操作信息为触控操作的触控次数为例,图15为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, in the embodiment of the present application, the touch operation information is the number of touch operations of the touch operation as an example. FIG. 15 is a specific example of a single-handed mode control method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Schematic flow chart, the single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S801:获取第一触控操作的触控次数和第二触控操作的触控次数;Step S801: Acquire the touch count of the first touch operation and the touch count of the second touch operation;
步骤S802:当所述触控操作的触控次数满足次数预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S802: When the number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times, the single-handed mode is turned on.
具体地,支持触摸功能的终端获取第一触控操作的触控次数和第二触控操作的触控次数,并检测所述触控操作的触控次数是否满足次数预设条件,若满足,则开启单手模式。Specifically, the terminal supporting the touch function acquires the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation, and detects whether the number of touches of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times, and if so, Turn on the one-handed mode.
这里,所述满足次数预设条件可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如所述满足次数预设条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控次数和第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于预设次数阈值、所述第一触控操作的触控次数大于或小于第二触控操作的触控次数等。若所述终端仅被设置有一种单手模式且所述满足次数预设条件为第一触控操作的触控次数和第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于预设次数阈值,则所述终端在确定所述第一触控操作的触控次数和所述第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于预设次数阈值时,将开启单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作的触控次数和所述第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于预设次数阈值,可以是所述第一触控操作的触控次数和所述第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于同一预设次数阈值,或者所述第一触控操作的触控次数等于或大于第一预设次数阈值以及所述第二触控操作的触控次数等于或大于第二预设次数阈值,所述第一预设次数阈值和所述第二预设次数阈值不相同。此外,若所述终端被设置有两种单手模式,则所述终端可根据所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的触控次数大小等信息确定开启哪种单手模 式。Here, the preset condition for the number of times of satisfaction may be set according to actual needs. For example, the preset condition for the number of times of satisfaction may be that the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation are equal to or The number of touches is greater than the preset threshold, the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than or less than the number of touches of the second touch operation, and so on. If the terminal is only set to a single-handed mode and the preset condition for satisfying the number of times is that the number of touches for the first touch operation and the number of touches for the second touch operation are equal to or greater than the preset number threshold, then The terminal turns on the single-handed mode when it is determined that the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset number threshold. It should be noted that the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation are equal to or greater than a preset number threshold, and may be the number of touches of the first touch operation and The number of touches of the second touch operation is equal to or greater than the same preset number of times threshold, or the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than the first preset number of times threshold and the second touch operation The number of touches is equal to or greater than a second preset number threshold, and the first preset number threshold is different from the second preset number threshold. In addition, if the terminal is configured with two single-handed modes, the terminal may determine which single-handed mode is enabled according to information such as the number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. .
在一实施方式中,所述满足次数预设条件,包括:当所述第一触控操作的触控次数大于所述第二触控操作的触控次数;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控次数小于所述第二触控操作的触控次数;或,当所述第一触控操作的触控次数等于所述第二触控操作的触控次数。这里,当所述终端被设置有两种类型的单手模式时,若所述第一触控操作的触控次数大于所述第二触控操作的触控次数,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控次数小于所述第二触控操作的触控次数,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;若所述第一触控操作的触控次数等于所述第二触控操作的触控次数,可以检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触形状、接触面积、触控压力、触控轨迹、触控时长等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。以结束时间为例,在所述第一触控操作的触控次数等于所述第二触控操作的触控次数时,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间早于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式,若所述第一触控操作的结束时间晚于所述第二触控操作的结束时间,则可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式,所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式可以看作是所述第二触控操作的位置所在区域对应的单手模式。例如,若所述第一触控操作的位置所在区域为所述终端的右侧区域,且所述终端的右侧区域对应的单手模式为右手单手模式,则所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式为右手单手模式。In one embodiment, the preset condition of meeting the number of times includes: when the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than the number of touches of the second touch operation; or, when the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than that of the second touch operation; The number of touches of the operation is less than the number of touches of the second touch operation; or, when the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to the number of touches of the second touch operation. Here, when the terminal is set to two types of single-handed modes, if the number of touches of the first touch operation is greater than the number of touches of the second touch operation, the first touch operation may be turned on. The single-handed mode corresponding to the touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation; if the number of touches of the first touch operation is less than the number of touches of the second touch operation, it may be turned on The single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation; if the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to the number of touches of the second touch operation , It can detect at least one of the end time, contact shape, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, touch duration and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation, and based on the detection As a result, the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on. Taking the end time as an example, when the number of touches of the first touch operation is equal to the number of touches of the second touch operation, if the end time of the first touch operation is earlier than the second touch operation, The end time of the control operation, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation can be turned on, and if the end time of the first touch operation is later than the end time of the second touch operation, all the hands can be turned on. The single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation is described. It should be noted that the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be regarded as the single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the position of the first touch operation is located, and the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation It can be regarded as a single-handed mode corresponding to the area where the second touch operation position is located. For example, if the area where the location of the first touch operation is located is the right-hand area of the terminal, and the one-handed mode corresponding to the right-hand area of the terminal is the right-handed one-handed mode, then the first touch operation The corresponding one-handed mode is the right-handed one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S802,当所述触控操作的触控次数满足次数预设条件时,开启单手模式,包括:In one embodiment, in step S802, when the number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times, turning on the single-handed mode includes:
当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件,开启单手模式。可以理解地,所述满足第一预设次数条件可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数等于或大于预设次数阈值,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数之间的次数差等于或大于一设定次数阈值,也可以是所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数与所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数之间的次数差小于一设定次数阈值。相应的,所述满足第二预设次数条件可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数等于或大于预设次数阈值,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数与所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数之间的次数差等于或大于一设定次数阈值,也可以是所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数与所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数之间的次数差小于一设定次数阈值。以所述终端被设置有两种单手模式为例,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件、所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数不满足第二预设次数条件时,可以是开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式或第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数不满足第一预设次数条件时,可以是开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式或第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件、所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件时,可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、接触形状、触控压力、触控时长、触控轨迹等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。When the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the condition of the first preset number of times, and/or the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area The number of times meets the second preset number of times condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on. It is understandable that the condition for satisfying the first preset number of times may be that the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than the preset number of times threshold, or it may be the first touch operation. The difference between the number of touches of the control operation in the first preset area and the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a set threshold, or Is that the difference between the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area and the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area is less than a set number of times Threshold. Correspondingly, the condition for satisfying the second preset number of times may be that the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area is equal to or greater than a preset number of times threshold, or it may be the second touch operation. The difference between the number of touches operated in the second preset area and the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area is equal to or greater than a set threshold, or it may be The difference between the number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area and the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area is less than a set threshold . Taking the terminal being configured with two single-handed modes as an example, when the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the condition of the first preset number of times, the second touch operation When the number of touches in the second preset area does not meet the condition of the second preset number of times, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when The number of touches of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset number condition, and the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the condition of the preset number of times is set, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation or the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation may be turned on; when the second touch operation is in the second preset area When the number of touches meets the second preset number condition and the number of touches in the first preset area of the first touch operation meets the first preset number condition, the first touch operation and At least one of the end time, contact area, contact shape, touch pressure, touch duration, touch track and other information of the second touch operation, and the corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the detection result.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取第一触控操作的触控次数和第二触控操作的触控次数,并在所述触控操作的触控次数满足次数预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。To sum up, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiments, the terminal obtains the number of touches of the first touch operation and the number of touches of the second touch operation, and when the number of touches of the touch operation meets the preset number When the conditions are set, the one-handed mode is turned on, so that the user can quickly control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,参见图16,为本申请实施例提供的另一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,该单手模式控制方法包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, referring to FIG. 16, another one-handed mode control method provided by this embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal that supports a touch function. The one-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S21:获取预设区域上的触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;Step S21: Acquire touch operation information on a preset area, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
步骤S22:当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。Step S22: When the touch operation information satisfies a preset condition, the single-handed mode is turned on.
需要说明的是,所述终端可以是智能手机、个人数字助理、平板电脑等支持触摸功能的移动终端设备,也可以是台式电脑等支持触摸功能的固定终端设备。这里,所述终端中被设置有单手模式,在所述单手模式下,终端可根据用户的操作对显示区域进行调整,从而实现用户能够便捷对终端的显示区域进行单手控制。这里,所述终端支持触摸功能可以是所述终端设置有触摸屏,所述触摸屏可以为电容式触摸屏等。所述第一触控操作和第二触控操作可以为用户的手指在所述触摸屏上的预设区域上的点击、按压、触摸等操作。例如,在用户用手指在所述触摸屏上的预设区域上点击时,所述触控操作可以为手指点击的操作;在用户用手指在所述触摸屏上的预设区域上按压时,所述触控操作可以为手指按压的操作。所述预设区域可以是所述终端的触摸屏上的任意区域,也可以是所述终端的触摸屏上的指定区域或按钮。需要说明的是,所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作可以为同时操作,也可以为串行操作。这里,所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作为同时操作是指所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作在同一时间段如3秒内都保持存在状态,例如,当用户的左手拇指和右手拇指分别接触终端的触摸屏且在同一时间段内都保持接触状态,则说明左手拇指对应的第一触控操作和右手拇指对应的第二触控操作为同时操作。所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作为串行操作是指所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的存在有先后顺序,可以是先检测到第一触控操作,并在第一触控操作完成后,才检测到第二触控操作,即第一触控操作和第二触控操作不同时存在。这里,所述终端中可被设置有一种单手模式,也可被设置有多种单手模式,比如包括左手单手模式和右手单手模式,相应的,所述开启单手模式可以是开启默认的单手模式,也可以是开启左手单手模式或右手单手模式。It should be noted that the terminal may be a mobile terminal device supporting touch function, such as a smart phone, a personal digital assistant, or a tablet computer, or a fixed terminal device supporting touch function, such as a desktop computer. Here, the terminal is provided with a single-handed mode. In the single-handed mode, the terminal can adjust the display area according to the user's operation, so that the user can conveniently control the display area of the terminal with one hand. Here, the terminal supporting a touch function may be that the terminal is provided with a touch screen, and the touch screen may be a capacitive touch screen or the like. The first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking, pressing, or touching with a user's finger on a preset area on the touch screen. For example, when the user clicks on a preset area on the touch screen with a finger, the touch operation may be a finger click operation; when the user presses on the preset area on the touch screen with a finger, the The touch operation can be a finger pressing operation. The preset area may be any area on the touch screen of the terminal, or may be a designated area or button on the touch screen of the terminal. It should be noted that the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be simultaneous operations or serial operations. Here, that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are simultaneous operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are maintained in a state of being in the same period of time, such as 3 seconds, For example, when the user's left thumb and right thumb respectively touch the touch screen of the terminal and remain in contact for the same period of time, it means that the first touch operation corresponding to the left thumb and the second touch operation corresponding to the right thumb are simultaneous operations . The fact that the first touch operation and the second touch operation are serial operations means that the first touch operation and the second touch operation exist in a sequence, and the first touch operation may be detected first. After the first touch operation is completed, the second touch operation is detected, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation do not exist at the same time. Here, the terminal may be set with a single-handed mode, or may be set with multiple single-handed modes, such as a left-handed single-handed mode and a right-handed single-handed mode. Correspondingly, the activation of the single-handed mode may be to enable The default one-handed mode can also be the left-handed one-handed mode or the right-handed one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,步骤S21,所述获取预设区域上的触控操作信息,包括:In one embodiment, step S21, the acquiring touch operation information on the preset area includes:
检测预设区域上的触控操作;Detect touch operations on the preset area;
当所述触控操作满足预设规则时,获取所述预设区域上的触控操作信息。When the touch operation satisfies a preset rule, acquiring touch operation information on the preset area.
具体地,终端检测到预设区域上的触控操作后,判断所述触控操作是否满足预设规则,当所述触控操作满足预设规则时,获取所述预设区域上的触控操作信息。Specifically, after detecting the touch operation on the preset area, the terminal determines whether the touch operation satisfies the preset rule, and when the touch operation satisfies the preset rule, acquires the touch operation on the preset area Operational information.
这里,所述第一触控操作和第二触控操作可以是用户的手指在所述终端的触摸屏上的预设区域进行的点击或滑动等操作,也可以是用户使用特定的设备如与所述终端连接的预设输入设备在所述终端的触摸屏上的预设区域进行的操作。所述预设规则可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,在一实施方式中,所述预设规则,包括:第一触控操作的操作时间和第二触控操作的操作时间满足预设时间条件、第一触控操作的使用指纹和第二触控操作的使用指纹满足预设指纹条件中的至少一个。所述操作时间可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,可以是指终端接收到触控操作时的时间,相应的,所述满足预设时间条件可以是第一触控操作的操作时间与第二触控操作的操作时间之差在设定时间间隔内,也就是说在设定时间间隔内检测到第一触控操作和第二触控操作。这里,所述时间间隔可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如可以是1秒、2秒、3秒等。此外,所述操作时间可以是指触控操作的持续时间,也可称为触控时长,相应的,所述满足预设时间条件可以是第一触控操作的操作时间和第二触控操作的操作时间都大于预设时间阈值,所述时间阈值可以根据实际情况需要进行设置,比如可以是1秒、2秒、3秒等。这里,所述满足预设指纹条件可以是指第一触控操作的使用指纹为第一预设指纹且第二触控操作的使用指纹为第二预设指纹。可以理解地,所述终端中可被设置有指纹采集模块,如指纹采集传感器,当用户使用手指触摸所述 终端上设置有指纹采集模块的区域时,所述终端可相应获取手指的指纹信息,也就是说所述终端能够获取触控操作的使用指纹,进而可判断触控操作的使用指纹是否为预设指纹。如此,在检测到触控操作满足预设规则时,才获取预设区域上的触控操作信息,能够有效避免用户因不小心对触摸屏执行接触或点击等触控操作而误触发单手模式控制的操作,即确保单手模式控制的准确性,进一步提升了用户使用体验。Here, the first touch operation and the second touch operation may be operations such as clicking or sliding performed by the user's finger on a preset area on the touch screen of the terminal, or may be the user's use of a specific device as described above. The operation performed by the preset input device connected to the terminal in the preset area on the touch screen of the terminal. The preset rule can be set according to actual needs. In one embodiment, the preset rule includes: the operation time of the first touch operation and the operation time of the second touch operation satisfy the preset time condition, The fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation satisfy at least one of the preset fingerprint conditions. The operation time may be set according to actual conditions, and may refer to the time when the terminal receives the touch operation. Correspondingly, the meeting the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation. The difference between the operation time of the operation is within the set time interval, that is, the first touch operation and the second touch operation are detected within the set time interval. Here, the time interval can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on. In addition, the operation time may refer to the duration of the touch operation, and may also be referred to as the touch duration. Correspondingly, the satisfaction of the preset time condition may be the operation time of the first touch operation and the second touch operation The operating time of is greater than a preset time threshold, and the time threshold can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can be 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and so on. Here, the satisfaction of the preset fingerprint condition may mean that the fingerprint used for the first touch operation is the first preset fingerprint and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation is the second preset fingerprint. Understandably, a fingerprint collection module, such as a fingerprint collection sensor, may be provided in the terminal. When a user touches an area on the terminal where the fingerprint collection module is provided with a finger, the terminal can acquire fingerprint information of the finger accordingly. That is to say, the terminal can obtain the fingerprint used for the touch operation, and then can determine whether the fingerprint used for the touch operation is a preset fingerprint. In this way, when it is detected that the touch operation meets the preset rules, the touch operation information on the preset area is acquired, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally triggering the one-handed mode control by accidentally performing touch operations such as touching or clicking on the touch screen. The operation to ensure the accuracy of the one-handed mode control further enhances the user experience.
需要说明的是,所述预设区域上不同区域可对应不同单手模式。例如,所述预设区域左侧可对应左手单手模式,右侧可对应右手单手模式;或者所述预设区域右侧可对应左手单手模式,左侧可对应右手单手模式;或者所述预设区域上侧可对应左手单手模式,下侧可对应右手单手模式。这里,所述触控操作信息包括:触控操作的位置、触控操作的接触面积、触控操作的接触形状、触控操作的触控压力、触发触控操作的对象、触控操作的触控时长、触控操作的触控轨迹、以及触控操作的触控次数中的至少一种。可以理解地,所述触控操作信息除了可包括上述信息之外,还可包括触控操作的类型如根据点击的次数划分的单击、双击以及多次点击等。It should be noted that different areas on the preset area may correspond to different single-handed modes. For example, the left side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode; or the right side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the left side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode; or The upper side of the preset area may correspond to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the lower side may correspond to the right-handed single-handed mode. Here, the touch operation information includes: the position of the touch operation, the contact area of the touch operation, the contact shape of the touch operation, the touch pressure of the touch operation, the object that triggers the touch operation, and the touch operation of the touch operation. At least one of the control duration, the touch trajectory of the touch operation, and the number of touches of the touch operation. It is understandable that, in addition to the above-mentioned information, the touch operation information may also include the type of touch operation, such as single click, double click, and multiple clicks classified according to the number of clicks.
在一实施方式中,所述预设条件,包括:In an embodiment, the preset conditions include:
所述触控操作的接触面积满足面积预设条件、The contact area of the touch operation satisfies the area preset condition,
所述触控操作的接触形状满足形状预设条件、The contact shape of the touch operation satisfies the shape preset condition,
所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件、The touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition,
所述触控操作的触发对象满足对象预设条件、The trigger object of the touch operation satisfies a preset condition of the object,
所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件、The touch duration of the touch operation meets the preset condition of duration,
所述触控操作的触控轨迹满足轨迹预设条件、The touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition,
所述触控操作的触控次数满足预设次条件中的至少一种。The number of touch operations of the touch operation satisfies at least one of the preset conditions.
需要说明的是,所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件,是指第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控压力大于或小于所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控压力;或者,所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件。这里,所述满足第一预设压力条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设第一压力阈值等,所述满足第二预设压力条件可以是所述第二触控操作的触控压力等于或大于预设第二压力阈值等,所述预设第一压力阈值与预设第二压力阈值可以相等,也可以不相等。可以理解地,当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力不满足第二预设压力条件时,可开启所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力不满足第一预设压力条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件时,可开启所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件且所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控时长、触控轨迹、触控次数、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式是左手单手模式或右手单手模式,所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式是右手单手模式或左手单手模式,且所述第一预设区域对应的单手模式与所述第二预设区域对应的单手模式不相同。如此,在所述第一触控操作的触控压力满足预设压力条件时,开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。It should be noted that the touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition, which means that the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the preset area is greater than or less than that of the second touch operation in the preset area. The touch pressure in the preset area; or, the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset pressure condition, and/or, the second touch operation is in the The touch pressure of the preset area meets the second preset pressure condition. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset pressure condition may be that the touch pressure of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first pressure threshold, etc., and the satisfaction of the second preset pressure condition may be the second The touch pressure of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second pressure threshold, etc., and the preset first pressure threshold and the preset second pressure threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset pressure condition and the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area When the pressure does not meet the second preset pressure condition, the one-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area can be activated; when the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area does not meet the first When the preset pressure condition and the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area meets the second preset pressure condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area can be turned on; The touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset pressure condition, and the touch pressure of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies a second preset Under pressure conditions, the default single-handed mode can be turned on, and the end time, contact area, touch duration, touch trajectory, and number of touches of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can also be further detected. Touch at least one of the information such as the contact shape, and turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the detection result. The single-handed mode corresponding to the first preset area is a left-handed single-handed mode or a right-handed single-handed mode, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area is a right-handed single-handed mode or a left-handed single-handed mode, and the first The single-handed mode corresponding to a preset area is different from the single-handed mode corresponding to the second preset area. In this way, when the touch pressure of the first touch operation meets the preset pressure condition, the one-handed mode is turned on, which is convenient for operation and improves the user experience.
需要说明的是,所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件,是指第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长大于或小于所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长;或者,所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件。这里,所述满足第一预设时间条件可以是所述第一触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设第一时长阈值等,所述满足第二 预设时间条件可以是所述第二触控操作的触控时长等于或大于预设第二时长阈值等,所述预设第一时长阈值与预设第二时长阈值可以相等,也可以不相等。可以理解地,当所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件且所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长不满足第二预设时间条件时,可开启所述第一触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长不满足第一预设时间条件且所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长满足第二预设时长条件时,可开启所述第二触控操作对应的单手模式;当所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件且所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件时,可以开启默认的单手模式,也可以进一步检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间、接触面积、触控压力、触控轨迹、触控次数、接触形状等信息中的至少一种,并根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。如此,在所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件,开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。It should be noted that the touch duration of the touch operation satisfies the preset duration condition, which means that the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area is greater than or less than that of the second touch operation. The touch duration in the preset area; or, the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or, the second touch operation is in the preset area The touch duration of the preset area satisfies the second preset time condition. Here, the satisfaction of the first preset time condition may be that the touch duration of the first touch operation is equal to or greater than a preset first duration threshold, etc., and the satisfaction of the second preset time condition may be the second The touch duration of the touch operation is equal to or greater than the preset second duration threshold, etc., and the preset first duration threshold and the preset second duration threshold may be equal or not equal. Understandably, when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area meets the first preset time condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the preset area is not When the second preset time condition is met, the single-handed mode corresponding to the first touch operation can be turned on; when the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area does not meet the first preset time Condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the preset area satisfies the second preset duration condition, the single-handed mode corresponding to the second touch operation may be turned on; when the first touch When the touch duration of the control operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset time condition and the touch duration of the second touch operation in the preset area satisfies the second preset time condition, it can be turned on In the default single-handed mode, the end time, contact area, touch pressure, touch trajectory, number of touches, contact shape and other information of the first touch operation and the second touch operation can also be further detected. At least one, and activate the corresponding one-handed mode according to the detection result. In this way, the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies the first preset time condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the preset area The duration meets the second preset time condition, the one-handed mode is turned on, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
综上,上述实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,终端获取预设区域上的第一触控操作信息和第二触控操作信息,并在所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式,实现了用户能够快捷的控制终端开启单手模式,操作便捷,提升了用户使用体验。To sum up, in the single-handed mode control method provided by the foregoing embodiment, the terminal obtains the first touch operation information and the second touch operation information on a preset area, and when the touch operation information meets the preset condition, turn on The single-handed mode realizes that the user can quickly control the terminal to start the single-handed mode, the operation is convenient, and the user experience is improved.
本申请给出一种具体场景实施例,本申请提供了一种单手模式控制方法,应用于终端,包括步骤:获取显示指令。根据显示指令显示预设区域。接收在预设区域的预设操作,开启单手模式。This application provides an example of a specific scenario. This application provides a single-handed mode control method applied to a terminal, including the step of obtaining a display instruction. The preset area is displayed according to the display instructions. Receive the preset operation in the preset area and turn on the one-handed mode.
进一步地,获取显示指令的步骤包括:验证针对预设操控对象的操作信息是否满足预设条件。若满足,则触发显示指令。Further, the step of obtaining the display instruction includes: verifying whether the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition. If it is satisfied, the display instruction is triggered.
进一步地,预设操控对象包括:单手模式开关控件、终端预设屏幕区域、终端预设物理按键、终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。Further, the preset manipulation object includes: at least one of a single-handed mode switch control, a preset screen area of the terminal, a preset physical button of the terminal, and a preset fingerprint sensor of the terminal.
进一步地,预设条件包括下述条件中的至少一种:单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作。终端屏幕预设区域接收到第二预设操作。终端预设物理按键接收到第三预设操作。终端预设指纹传感器接收到第四预设操作。Further, the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions: the one-handed mode switch control receives the first preset operation. The second preset operation is received in the preset area of the terminal screen. The terminal presets the physical button to receive the third preset operation. The terminal presets the fingerprint sensor to receive the fourth preset operation.
进一步地,第一预设操作、第二预设操作、第三预设操作和第四预设操作包括以下至少一种:触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个。和/或,接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个。和/或,接触时长。和/或,操作方向。Further, the first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation include at least one of the following: touch information, including single click, double tap, double press, long press, and sliding At least one of them. And/or, the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
进一步地,该方法还包括:获取显示指令和/或状态信息。根据显示指令和/或状态信息显示预设区域。其中,状态信息包括:用户状态信息、终端状态信息、环境状态信息中的至少一种。Further, the method further includes: obtaining display instructions and/or status information. The preset area is displayed according to display instructions and/or status information. The status information includes at least one of user status information, terminal status information, and environment status information.
进一步地,用户状态信息包括:人眼信息、用户速度信息、手持终端中的至少一种。和/或,终端状态信息包括:时间信息、地点信息、速度信息、终端姿态信息中的至少一种。和/或,环境状态信息包括:亮度信息、噪音信息中的至少一种。Further, the user status information includes at least one of human eye information, user speed information, and handheld terminal. And/or, the terminal state information includes at least one of time information, location information, speed information, and terminal posture information. And/or, the environmental state information includes at least one of brightness information and noise information.
进一步地,根据显示指令和/或状态信息显示预设区域的步骤,包括:在状态信息符合预设规则时,则显示预设区域。和/或,在状态信息不符合预设规则时,则不显示预设区域。进一步地,预设规则,包括下述规则中的至少一种:用户注视终端屏幕、用户手持终端、用户速度在预设允许速度范围内、终端时间在预设允许时间段内、终端地点在预设允许地点范围内、终端速度在预设速度范围内、终端姿态是被握持状态、环境亮度值大于或等于预设亮度阈值、环境噪音值小于或等于预设噪音阈值。Further, the step of displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or the status information includes: displaying the preset area when the status information meets the preset rule. And/or, when the status information does not meet the preset rules, the preset area is not displayed. Further, the preset rules include at least one of the following rules: the user looks at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, the user speed is within the preset allowable speed range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period, and the terminal location is within the preset allowable time period. Suppose it is within the allowable location range, the terminal speed is within the preset speed range, the terminal posture is held, the environment brightness value is greater than or equal to the preset brightness threshold, and the environment noise value is less than or equal to the preset noise threshold.
进一步地,获取显示指令的步骤,其中,显示指令为针对终端预设屏幕区域执行预设操作指令。Further, the step of obtaining a display instruction, wherein the display instruction is to execute a preset operation instruction for a preset screen area of the terminal.
进一步地,根据显示指令显示预设区域的步骤,其中,显示的预设区域包括:单手模式开关控件、终端预设屏幕区域、终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。Further, the step of displaying the preset area according to the display instruction, wherein the displayed preset area includes at least one of a one-handed mode switch control, a terminal preset screen area, and a terminal preset fingerprint sensor.
进一步地,接收在预设区域的预设操作,开启单手模式的步骤,包括以下至少一种:Further, the step of receiving the preset operation in the preset area and turning on the one-handed mode includes at least one of the following:
根据所述触控操作信息的触发区域开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger area of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的触发方式开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的操作手势开启对应的单手模式。The corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
进一步地,在预设区域的预设操作包括以下至少一种:触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个。和/或,接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个。和/或,接触时长。和/或,操作方向。Further, the preset operation in the preset area includes at least one of the following: touch information, including at least one of a single click, a double tap, a double press, a long press, and a slide. And/or, the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
具体地,包括步骤:Specifically, it includes the steps:
S31、获取显示指令;S31. Obtain a display instruction;
S32、根据显示指令显示预设区域;S32. Display the preset area according to the display instruction;
S33、根据在预设区域的触控操作信息,开启单手模式。S33. Turn on the one-handed mode according to the touch operation information in the preset area.
在一实施方式中,在S31、获取显示指令中,可以但不限于包括:验证针对预设操控对象的操作信息是否满足预设条件。若针对预设操控对象的操作信息满足预设条件,则触发显示指令。In one embodiment, in S31, obtaining the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: verifying whether the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition. If the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition, the display instruction is triggered.
在一实施方式中,在验证针对预设操控对象的操作信息是否满足预设条件的步骤中,其中,预设操控对象可以但不限于包括:单手模式开关控件(虚拟控件)、终端预设屏幕区域、终端预设物理按键、终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。In one embodiment, in the step of verifying whether the operation information for the preset manipulation object meets the preset condition, the preset manipulation object may include, but is not limited to: one-handed mode switch control (virtual control), terminal preset At least one of the screen area, the preset physical keys of the terminal, and the preset fingerprint sensor of the terminal.
在一实施方式中,在验证针对预设操控对象的操作信息是否满足预设条件的步骤中,其中,预设条件可以但不限于包括下述条件中的至少一种:单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作。终端屏幕预设区域接收到第二预设操作。终端预设物理按键接收到第三预设操作。终端预设指纹传感器接收到第四预设操作。In an embodiment, in the step of verifying whether the operation information for the preset manipulation object satisfies the preset condition, the preset condition may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following conditions: the one-handed mode switch control receives Go to the first preset operation. The second preset operation is received in the preset area of the terminal screen. The terminal presets the physical button to receive the third preset operation. The terminal presets the fingerprint sensor to receive the fourth preset operation.
在一实施方式中,第一预设操作、第二预设操作、第三预设操作和第四预设操作可以相同,也可以不同。In an embodiment, the first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation may be the same or different.
在一实施方式中,第一预设操作、第二预设操作、第三预设操作和第四预设操作可以但不限于包括以下至少一种:触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个。和/或,接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个。和/或,接触时长。和/或,操作方向(例如,向左操作、向右操作、向上操作、向下操作等等)。In one embodiment, the first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation may include, but are not limited to, at least one of the following: touch information, including single click, double click, and re At least one of pressing, long pressing, and sliding. And/or, the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the operating direction (for example, operating to the left, operating to the right, operating up, operating down, etc.).
在其他实施方式中,在获取显示指令的步骤中,其中,显示指令可以但不限于为针对终端预设屏幕区域执行预设操作指令。在其他实施方式中,终端预设屏幕区域可以是系统设置的,也可以用户自定义设置的。In other embodiments, in the step of obtaining the display instruction, the display instruction may, but is not limited to, execute a preset operation instruction for a preset screen area of the terminal. In other embodiments, the preset screen area of the terminal may be set by the system or customized by the user.
在一实施方式中,根据显示指令显示预设区域中,其中,显示的所述预设区域包括:单手模式开关控件、所述终端预设屏幕区域、所述终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。In one embodiment, the preset area is displayed according to the display instruction, wherein the displayed preset area includes: at least one of the one-handed mode switch control, the terminal preset screen area, and the terminal preset fingerprint sensor One.
在一实施方式中,在根据显示指令显示预设区域中,其中,显示的预设区域可以但不限于包括如下显示状态:正圆形、椭圆形、正方形、长方形、拖动条等等。In one embodiment, in displaying the preset area according to the display instruction, the displayed preset area may include, but is not limited to, the following display states: perfect circle, ellipse, square, rectangle, drag bar, etc.
在一实施方式中,在获取显示指令中,可以但不限于包括:在单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作以触发显示指令。在根据显示指令显示预设区域中,可以但不限于包括:根据显示指令将单手模式开关控件放大以形成该预设区域。例如,第一预设操作包括的触控信息为双击或重压,根据触控信息触发显示指令(即用户在双击或重压单手模式开关控件时触发显示指令),以根据显示指令将单手模式开关控件放大以形成该预设区域。例如,第一预设操作包括的触控信息为滑动,在该滑动符合预设的滑动规则时(例如用户选定单手模式开关控件后进行任意的滑动操作时),触发显示指令,以根据显示指令将单手模式开关控件放大以形成该预设区域。又例如,第一预设操作包括的触控信息,在接触面积大于预设面积值时触发显示指令(例如两根手指同时按压单手模式开关控件的位置时触发显示指令),以将单手模式开关控件放大以形成该预设区域。还例如,第一预设操作包括的触控信息,在接触位置符合预设的接触位置时(例如,点击单手模式开关控件的右下角),以将单手模式开关控件放大以形成该预设区域。In an embodiment, the obtaining of the display instruction may include, but is not limited to, that the switch control in the one-handed mode receives a first preset operation to trigger the display instruction. In displaying the preset area according to the display instruction, it may, but is not limited to, including: enlarging the one-handed mode switch control according to the display instruction to form the preset area. For example, the touch information included in the first preset operation is double-click or heavy pressing, and the display instruction is triggered according to the touch information (that is, the display instruction is triggered when the user double-clicks or heavy-presses the one-handed mode switch control), so as to change the single-handed control according to the display instruction. The hand mode switch control zooms in to form the preset area. For example, the touch information included in the first preset operation is sliding, and when the sliding meets the preset sliding rule (for example, when the user selects the one-handed mode switch control and performs any sliding operation), the display instruction is triggered according to The display instruction enlarges the one-handed mode switch control to form the preset area. For another example, the touch information included in the first preset operation triggers a display instruction when the contact area is greater than the preset area value (for example, the display instruction is triggered when two fingers simultaneously press the position of the single-handed mode switch control), so that the one-handed The mode switch control zooms in to form the preset area. For another example, the touch information included in the first preset operation, when the contact position matches the preset contact position (for example, click the lower right corner of the one-handed mode switch control), to enlarge the one-handed mode switch control to form the preset Set up the area.
在其他实施方式中,在获取显示指令中,可以但不限于包括:在单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作以触发显示指令。根据显示指令显示预设区域中,可以但不限于包括:根据显示指令在单手模式开关控件对应的显示界面中弹出预设区域。In other embodiments, acquiring the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: receiving a first preset operation in the one-handed mode switch control to trigger the display instruction. Displaying the preset area according to the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: popping up the preset area in the display interface corresponding to the one-handed mode switch control according to the display instruction.
此外,在另一实施方式中,在获取显示指令中,可以但不限于包括:在单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作以触发显示指令。在根据显示指令显示预设区域中,可以但不限于包括:根据显示指令跳转至单手模式控制界面,该单手模式控制界面中包括预设区域。In addition, in another embodiment, the obtaining of the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: receiving the first preset operation in the one-handed mode switch control to trigger the display instruction. The display of the preset area according to the display instruction may include, but is not limited to: jumping to the one-handed mode control interface according to the display instruction, and the one-handed mode control interface includes the preset area.
在一实施方式中,在单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作以触发显示指令的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:在单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作。根据第一预设操作中的操作信息触发显示指令。例如,根据第一预设操作包括的触控信息(例如单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个)触发显示指令。又例如,第一预设操作包括接触信息(接触信息包括接触面积、接触位置、接触时长中的至少一个),在接触信息符合预设接触条件是触发显示指令。还例如,第一预设操作包括操作方向,在操作方向(例如滑动单手模式开关控件的滑动方向)符合预设方向时触发显示指令。In one embodiment, the step of receiving the first preset operation to trigger the display instruction by the one-handed mode switch control may include, but is not limited to: receiving the first preset operation in the one-handed mode switch control. The display instruction is triggered according to the operation information in the first preset operation. For example, the display instruction is triggered according to the touch information included in the first preset operation (for example, at least one of single-click, double-click, double-click, long-press, and slide). For another example, the first preset operation includes contact information (the contact information includes at least one of a contact area, a contact position, and a contact duration), and the display instruction is triggered when the contact information meets the preset contact condition. For another example, the first preset operation includes an operation direction, and the display instruction is triggered when the operation direction (for example, the sliding direction of the sliding one-handed mode switch control) conforms to the preset direction.
在一实施方式中,根据第一预设操作包括的触控信息触发显示指令,其中,触控信息可以但不限于包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动等等中的至少一个。例如,用户针对单手模式开关控件进行滑动操作时,能够获取触控信息为滑动的第一预设操作,则在该滑动符合预设的滑动规则时,触发显示指令。In an embodiment, the display instruction is triggered according to the touch information included in the first preset operation, where the touch information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of a single click, a double click, a double press, a long press, a slide, and so on. For example, when the user performs a sliding operation on the one-handed mode switch control, the first preset operation that the touch information can be acquired is the sliding, and when the sliding meets the preset sliding rule, the display instruction is triggered.
在一实施方式中,关于终端屏幕预设区域接收到第二预设操作、终端预设物理按键接收到第三预设操作、终端预设指纹传感器接收到第四预设操作等的具体实施方式,可以参考上述关于单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作的具体实施方式,在此将不再赘述。In one embodiment, specific implementations regarding the second preset operation being received in the preset area of the terminal screen, the third preset operation being received in the preset physical button of the terminal, the fourth preset operation being received in the preset fingerprint sensor of the terminal, etc. , Please refer to the above-mentioned specific implementation of the one-handed mode switch control receiving the first preset operation, which will not be repeated here.
在一实施方式中,接收在预设区域的预设操作,开启单手模式中,其中,在预设区域的预设操作包括以下至少一种:触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个。和/或,接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个。和/或,接触时长。和/或,操作方向。In one embodiment, the preset operation in the preset area is received, and the one-handed mode is turned on, wherein the preset operation in the preset area includes at least one of the following: touch information, including single-click, double-click, and double-click , Long press, at least one of swipe. And/or, the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location. And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
在一实施方式中,在接收在所述预设区域的预设操作,开启单手模式的步骤,包括以下至少一种:In an embodiment, the step of enabling the one-handed mode after receiving the preset operation in the preset area includes at least one of the following:
根据所述触控操作信息的触发区域开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger area of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的触发方式开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的操作手势开启对应的单手模式。The corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
在一实施方式中,根据所述预设操作的触发方式开启对应的单手模式,可以但不限于包括:预设区域,识别第一操作,将该第一操作与预设操作比对。当该第一操作与第一预设操作匹配时,开启左手模式。当该第一操作与第二预设操作匹配时,开启右手模式。例如,预设区域中现有显示有左和右两个选项,当第一操作为单击/长按左选项时(即第一操作指令与左选项对应的第一预设操作匹配),开启左单手模式;当第一操作为单击/长按右选项时(即第一操作指令与右选项对应的第二预设操作匹配),开启右单手模式。In one embodiment, the corresponding one-handed mode is activated according to the trigger mode of the preset operation, which may include, but is not limited to: a preset area, identifying the first operation, and comparing the first operation with the preset operation. When the first operation matches the first preset operation, the left-hand mode is turned on. When the first operation matches the second preset operation, the right-hand mode is turned on. For example, there are two options left and right currently displayed in the preset area. When the first operation is to click/long press the left option (that is, the first operation instruction matches the first preset operation corresponding to the left option), turn on Left single-handed mode; when the first operation is clicking/long pressing the right option (that is, the first operation instruction matches the second preset operation corresponding to the right option), the right single-handed mode is turned on.
在一实施方式中,根据预设操作的触发区域开启对应的单手模式,可以但不限于包括:预设区域,识别第一操作对应的第一触发区域,将该第一触发区域与预设操作的触发区域比对。当该第一操作区域与第一预设操作的触发区域匹配时,开启左手模式。当该第一操作区域与第二预设操作的触发区域匹配时,开启右手模式。例如,预设区域划分为第一预设操作对应的触发区域Q1和第二预设操作的触发区域Q2,当针对预设区域的双击操作指令对应第一预设操作的触发区域Q1时,开启左手模式;当针对预设区域的双击操作指令对应第二预设操作的触发区域Q2时,开启右手模式。In one embodiment, the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on according to the trigger area of the preset operation, which may include, but is not limited to, the preset area, identifying the first trigger area corresponding to the first operation, and the first trigger area with the preset operation. Comparison of the trigger area of the operation. When the first operation area matches the trigger area of the first preset operation, the left-hand mode is turned on. When the first operation area matches the trigger area of the second preset operation, the right-hand mode is turned on. For example, the preset area is divided into the trigger area Q1 corresponding to the first preset operation and the trigger area Q2 of the second preset operation. When the double-tap operation instruction for the preset area corresponds to the trigger area Q1 of the first preset operation, turn on Left-handed mode; when the double-click operation instruction for the preset area corresponds to the trigger area Q2 of the second preset operation, the right-handed mode is turned on.
在一实施方式中,根据预设操作的操作手势开启对应的单手模式,可以但不限于包括:预设区域,识别第一操作对应的第一操作手势,将该第一操作手势与预设操作的操作手势比对。当该第一操作手势与第一预设操作的操作手势匹配时,开启左手模式。当该第一操作手势与第二预设操作的操作手势匹配时,开启右手模式。例如,在预设区域中左滑,则开 启左手模式;在预设区域右滑,则开启右单手模式。In one embodiment, the corresponding one-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the preset operation, which may include, but is not limited to, the preset area, the first operation gesture corresponding to the first operation is recognized, and the first operation gesture is combined with the preset operation gesture. Operational gesture comparison. When the first operation gesture matches the operation gesture of the first preset operation, the left-hand mode is turned on. When the first operation gesture matches the operation gesture of the second preset operation, the right-hand mode is turned on. For example, swiping left in the preset area turns on the left-handed mode; swiping right in the preset area turns on the right-handed mode.
此外,在一实施方式中,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,可以但不限于包括:In addition, in an embodiment, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment may include, but is not limited to:
S41、获取在所述终端的预设区域触发的触控操作信息;S41. Acquire touch operation information triggered in a preset area of the terminal;
S42、根据所述触控操作信息,按照预设规则控制所述终端开启单手模式。S42. According to the touch operation information, control the terminal to turn on the single-handed mode according to a preset rule.
在一实施方式中,获取显示指令和/或状态信息中,其中,状态信息可以但不限于包括:用户状态信息、终端状态信息、环境状态信息中的至少一种。In one embodiment, in acquiring display instructions and/or status information, the status information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of user status information, terminal status information, and environment status information.
在一实施方式中,用户状态信息可以但不限于包括:人眼信息、用户速度信息、手持终端中的至少一种。其中,用户速度信息,可以包括用户的运动速度(用户速度信息可以是终端自身获取的,也可以是穿戴式终端获取并发送的)。其中,手持终端的信息可以是终端自身获取的,也可以是其他终端检测得到并发送至终端的。In an embodiment, the user status information may include, but is not limited to: at least one of human eye information, user speed information, and handheld terminal. Among them, the user speed information may include the movement speed of the user (the user speed information may be acquired by the terminal itself, or may be acquired and sent by the wearable terminal). Among them, the information of the handheld terminal may be acquired by the terminal itself, or may be detected by other terminals and sent to the terminal.
在一实施方式中,终端状态信息可以但不限于包括:时间信息、地点信息、速度信息、终端姿态信息中的至少一种。In an embodiment, the terminal state information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of time information, location information, speed information, and terminal posture information.
在一实施方式中,环境状态信息可以但不限于包括:亮度信息、噪音信息中的至少一种。在一实施方式中,根据显示指令和/或状态信息显示预设区域中,可以但不限于包括:在状态信息符合预设规则时,则显示预设区域。其中,状态信息符合预设条件的情况包括如下情况中的至少一种(或预设规则包括下述规则中的至少一种):用户注视终端屏幕、用户手持终端、用户速度在预设允许速度范围内、终端时间在预设允许时间段内(例如日间)、终端地点在预设允许地点范围内(例如在家里、在厕所等等)、终端速度在预设速度范围内、终端姿态是被握持状态、环境亮度值大于或等于预设亮度阈值、环境噪音值小于或等于预设噪音阈值。In an embodiment, the environmental state information may include, but is not limited to, at least one of brightness information and noise information. In one embodiment, displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or status information may include, but is not limited to, displaying the preset area when the status information meets the preset rule. Wherein, the condition that the status information meets the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions (or the preset rule includes at least one of the following rules): the user is gazing at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, and the user speed is at the preset allowable speed Within the range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period (such as daytime), the terminal location is within the preset allowable location range (such as at home, in the toilet, etc.), the terminal speed is within the preset speed range, and the terminal attitude is The state of being held, the environmental brightness value is greater than or equal to the preset brightness threshold, and the environmental noise value is less than or equal to the preset noise threshold.
在一实施方式中,获取显示指令和/或状态信息中,可以但不限于包括:获取显示指令和状态信息。根据显示指令和/或状态信息显示预设区域中,可以但不限于包括:在状态信息符合预设规则,并获取到显示指令时,则显示预设区域。和/或,在状态信息不符合预设规则,和/或未获取到显示指令时,则不显示预设区域。In one embodiment, acquiring the display instruction and/or status information may include, but is not limited to: acquiring the display instruction and status information. Displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or the status information may include, but is not limited to: displaying the preset area when the status information meets the preset rule and the display instruction is obtained. And/or, when the status information does not meet the preset rules, and/or the display instruction is not obtained, the preset area is not displayed.
在一实施方式中,预设规则,包括下述规则中的至少一种:In one embodiment, the preset rule includes at least one of the following rules:
根据所述触控操作信息的触发区域开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger area of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的触发方式开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的操作手势开启对应的单手模式。The corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
例如,预设规则包括以下至少一种:用户注视终端屏幕、用户手持终端、用户速度在预设允许速度范围内、终端时间在预设允许时间段内、终端地点在预设允许地点范围内、终端速度在预设速度范围内、终端姿态是被握持状态、环境亮度值大于或等于预设亮度阈值、环境噪音值小于或等于预设噪音阈值。For example, the preset rule includes at least one of the following: the user looks at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, the user speed is within the preset allowable speed range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period, the terminal location is within the preset allowable location range, The terminal speed is within the preset speed range, the terminal posture is in a held state, the environmental brightness value is greater than or equal to the preset brightness threshold, and the environmental noise value is less than or equal to the preset noise threshold.
在一实施方式中,在状态信息符合预设规则时,则显示预设区域。例如,在用户注视终端屏幕时,则显示预设区域。如,在用户手持终端时,则显示预设区域。In one embodiment, when the status information meets the preset rule, the preset area is displayed. For example, when the user looks at the terminal screen, the preset area is displayed. For example, when the user holds the terminal, the preset area is displayed.
在一实施方式中,根据显示指令和/或状态信息显示预设区域之后,接收在预设区域的预设操作,开启单手模式。In one embodiment, after the preset area is displayed according to the display instruction and/or status information, the preset operation in the preset area is received, and the one-handed mode is turned on.
在一实施方式中,接收在预设区域的预设操作,开启单手模式的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:接收在预设区域的预设操作。根据在预设区域的预设操作对单手模式进行相应设置或控制,并开启完成设置或控制的单手模式。In one embodiment, the step of receiving the preset operation in the preset area and turning on the one-handed mode may include, but is not limited to: receiving the preset operation in the preset area. According to the preset operation in the preset area, the one-handed mode is set or controlled accordingly, and the one-handed mode that completes the setting or control is turned on.
在一实施方式中,在状态信息符合预设规则时,则显示预设区域的步骤之后,用户可以针对预设区域进行操作,以对单手模式进行控制。In one embodiment, when the status information meets the preset rule, after the step of displaying the preset area, the user can operate on the preset area to control the one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,在显示预设区域的步骤之后,可以但不限于包括:获取针对预设区域的用户操作信息;根据用户操作信息获取在预设区域的预设操作。根据在预设区域的预设操作对单手模式进行相应的控制。In an embodiment, after the step of displaying the preset area, it may include, but is not limited to: obtaining user operation information for the preset area; obtaining preset operations in the preset area according to the user operation information. According to the preset operation in the preset area, the one-hand mode is controlled accordingly.
在一实施方式中,具体地,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法在获取针对预设区域的用户操作信息后,能够根据用户操作信息获取到用户的实际需求,从而能够根据用户操作信息 开启单手模式和/或根据用户操作信息对单手模式进行相应的控制以开启满足用户的需求的单手模式。故,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法能够实现提升用户使用单手模式的体验感的目的。In an embodiment, specifically, the one-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can obtain the actual needs of the user according to the user operation information after obtaining the user operation information for the preset area, so that it can be turned on according to the user operation information. The single-handed mode and/or correspondingly control the single-handed mode according to user operation information to enable the single-handed mode that meets the needs of the user. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the single-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,在根据在预设区域的预设操作对单手模式进行相应的控制中,可以但不限于包括:判断在预设区域的预设操作是否为智能化控制操作。在该在预设区域的预设操作为智能化控制操作时,根据智能化控制操作对单手模式进行相应的控制。在该在预设区域的预设操作不为智能化控制操作时,则开启默认的固定单手模式(即,传统的单手模式)。在一实施方式中,根据在预设区域的预设操作对单手模式进行相应的控制中,可以但不限于包括:根据在预设区域的预设操作自动对单手模式进行相应的控制。因此,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法能够提高单手模式的智能性。In one embodiment, the corresponding control of the one-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to, determining whether the preset operation in the preset area is an intelligent control operation. When the preset operation in the preset area is an intelligent control operation, the one-handed mode is correspondingly controlled according to the intelligent control operation. When the preset operation in the preset area is not an intelligent control operation, the default fixed single-handed mode (ie, the traditional single-handed mode) is turned on. In one embodiment, the corresponding control of the single-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: automatic corresponding control of the single-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can improve the intelligence of the single-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,在预设区域的预设操作中可以但不限于包括接触信息,其中,接触信息可以但不限于包括报点信息和/或接触面积信息。In an embodiment, the preset operation of the preset area may include but is not limited to contact information, where the contact information may include, but is not limited to, report point information and/or contact area information.
在一实施方式中,根据在预设区域的预设操作对单手模式进行相应的控制中,可以但不限于包括:根据在预设区域的预设操作中的接触信息对单手模式进行相应的设置操作,设置操作可以但不限于包括显示位置设置和/或界面尺寸设置。In one embodiment, the corresponding control of the single-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: corresponding to the single-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation of the preset area The setting operation can include, but is not limited to, display position setting and/or interface size setting.
在一实施方式中,根据在预设区域的预设操作对单手模式进行相应的控制中,可以但不限于包括:根据报点信息在预设区域中显示报点提示。其中,根据报点信息在具体地,报点提示能够为生动的为用户展示点击操作提示或滑动操作提示。In one embodiment, the corresponding control of the one-handed mode according to the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: displaying a point prompt in the preset area according to the point information. Among them, according to the point-reporting information, the point-reporting prompt can vividly show the user a click operation prompt or a sliding operation prompt.
在一实施方式中,预设区域可以但不限于包括横中轴线,在根据报点信息在预设区域中显示报点提示的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:根据报点信息获取报点。将报点向横中轴线映射以得到映射报点。在预设区域标识出映射报点。In one embodiment, the preset area may include but is not limited to a horizontal central axis. The step of displaying a point prompt in the preset area according to the point information may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the point according to the point information. Map the report point to the horizontal axis to get the mapped report point. The mapping report point is identified in the preset area.
在一实施方式中,在根据在预设区域的预设操作中的接触信息对单手模式进行相应的设置操作的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:根据报点信息获取针对单手模式对应的终端预设界面的设置信息,设置信息可以但不限于包括显示位置和/或界面尺寸。根据设置信息对单手模式对应的终端预设界面进行相应的设置操作。In one embodiment, the step of performing corresponding setting operations on the one-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation in the preset area may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the corresponding information for the one-handed mode according to the report information. The setting information of the preset interface of the terminal, and the setting information may include, but is not limited to, the display position and/or the interface size. Perform corresponding setting operations on the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode according to the setting information.
在一实施方式中,预设区域可以但不限于包括纵中轴线。在根据报点信息获取针对单手模式对应的终端预设界面的设置信息的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:根据报点信息获取报点与纵中轴线的相对位置信息,相对位置信息可以但不限于包括相对方位和/或相对距离。根据相对位置信息中的相对方位获取显示位置,和/或根据相对位置信息中的相对距离获取界面尺寸。根据显示位置和/或界面尺寸生成得到设置信息。In an embodiment, the predetermined area may include, but is not limited to, a longitudinal center axis. The step of acquiring setting information for the terminal preset interface corresponding to the single-handed mode according to the reporting point information may include, but is not limited to: acquiring the relative position information of the reporting point and the vertical axis according to the reporting point information, and the relative position information may be but not limited to: It is not limited to include relative orientation and/or relative distance. The display position is obtained according to the relative position in the relative position information, and/or the interface size is obtained according to the relative distance in the relative position information. The setting information is generated according to the display position and/or interface size.
在一实施方式中,根据设置信息对单手模式对应的终端预设界面进行相应的设置操作,例如,设置信息中的相对方位为报点在纵中轴线的左侧时,则将单手模式对应的终端预设界面的显示位置设置于左侧;设置信息中的相对方位为报点在纵中轴线的右侧时,则将单手模式对应的终端预设界面的显示位置设置于右侧。又例如,设置信息中的相对距离为报点与纵中轴线相距1个像素点,则将单手模式对应的终端预设界面的设置为第一界面尺寸;设置信息中的相对距离为报点与纵中轴线相距2个像素点,则将单手模式对应的终端预设界面的设置为第二界面尺寸,以此类推。还例如,设置信息中的相对方位为报点在纵中轴线的左侧,且设置信息中的相对距离为报点与纵中轴线相距1个像素点时,则将单手模式对应的终端预设界面设置为第一界面尺寸并设置于左侧。In one embodiment, corresponding setting operations are performed on the terminal preset interface corresponding to the single-handed mode according to the setting information. For example, when the relative orientation in the setting information is that the reporting point is on the left side of the longitudinal center axis, the single-handed mode is set to The display position of the corresponding terminal preset interface is set to the left; when the relative orientation in the setting information is that the reporting point is on the right side of the vertical axis, the display position of the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the right . For another example, if the relative distance in the setting information is 1 pixel between the reporting point and the vertical axis, the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the first interface size; the relative distance in the setting information is the reporting point If it is 2 pixels away from the longitudinal center axis, the preset interface of the terminal corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the second interface size, and so on. For another example, when the relative position in the setting information is that the report point is on the left side of the longitudinal center axis, and the relative distance in the setting information is 1 pixel away from the report point and the longitudinal center axis, the terminal corresponding to the one-handed mode is preset Set the interface to the first interface size and set it on the left.
在一实施方式中,具体地,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法能够根据报点与预设区域的纵中轴线的相对方位,判断出持握终端的手的属性,从而根据手的属性确定终端预设界面的设置位置(例如相对方位为左侧,则手的属性为左手,从而将终端预设界面设置于左侧),此外,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法还能够根据报点与预设区域的纵中轴线的相对距离,判断出持握终端的手的大小,从而根据手的大小设置终端预设界面的尺寸,因此,本实施单手模式控制方法能够实现智能化的单手模式控制,以实现提升用户使用单手模式的体验感的目的。In one embodiment, specifically, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can determine the attributes of the hand holding the terminal according to the relative position of the reporting point and the longitudinal axis of the preset area, and thereby determine the attributes of the hand holding the terminal according to the attributes of the hand. Determine the setting position of the terminal preset interface (for example, the relative orientation is the left, then the attribute of the hand is the left hand, so that the terminal preset interface is set on the left). In addition, the one-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can also be based on The relative distance between the reporting point and the longitudinal center axis of the preset area is used to determine the size of the hand holding the terminal, so as to set the size of the preset interface of the terminal according to the size of the hand. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method of this implementation can be intelligent One-handed mode control to achieve the purpose of enhancing the user’s experience of using one-handed mode.
在其他实施方式中,预设区域被纵中轴线划分为左操控区域和右操控区域,接触面积信息可以但不限于包括左操控区域对应的第一接触面积和右操控区域对应的第二接触面积。在根据预设操作中的接触信息对单手模式进行相应的设置操作的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:根据接触面积信息判断第一接触面积是否大于第二接触面积。在第一接触面积大于第二接触面积时,将单手模式对应的终端预设界面的显示位置设置于左侧。在第一接触面积不大于第二接触面积时,将单手模式对应的终端预设界面显示位置设置于右侧。In other embodiments, the preset area is divided into a left control area and a right control area by the longitudinal center axis, and the contact area information may include, but is not limited to, a first contact area corresponding to the left control area and a second contact area corresponding to the right control area. . The step of performing a corresponding setting operation on the single-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation may include but is not limited to: judging whether the first contact area is greater than the second contact area according to the contact area information. When the first contact area is greater than the second contact area, the display position of the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the left. When the first contact area is not greater than the second contact area, the display position of the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode is set to the right.
在其他实施方式中,具体地,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法能够根据接触面积信息,判断出持握终端的手的属性,从而根据手的属性确定终端预设界面的设置位置(例如第一接触面积大于第二接触面积,则手的属性为左手,从而将终端预设界面设置于左侧),因此,本实施单手模式控制方法能够实现智能化的单手模式控制,以实现提升用户使用单手模式的体验感的目的。In other embodiments, specifically, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can determine the attributes of the hand holding the terminal based on the contact area information, so as to determine the setting position of the preset interface of the terminal according to the attributes of the hand (for example, If the first contact area is larger than the second contact area, the attribute of the hand is left-handed, so that the preset interface of the terminal is set on the left). Therefore, the one-handed mode control method of this embodiment can realize intelligent one-handed mode control. The purpose of enhancing the user's experience of using the one-handed mode.
此外,在一实施方式中,在根据预设操作中的接触信息对单手模式进行相应的设置操作的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:根据报点信息和接触面积信息获取针对终端预设界面的设置信息,设置信息可以但不限于包括显示位置和/或界面尺寸。根据设置信息对单手模式对应的终端预设界面进行相应的设置操作。In addition, in an embodiment, the step of performing corresponding setting operations on the one-handed mode according to the contact information in the preset operation may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the preset interface for the terminal according to the report information and the contact area information. The setting information, which can include, but is not limited to, the display position and/or interface size. Perform corresponding setting operations on the terminal preset interface corresponding to the one-handed mode according to the setting information.
在一实施方式中,根据报点信息和接触面积信息获取针对终端预设界面的设置信息的步骤中,可以但不限于包括:根据报点信息获取报点与纵中轴线的相对方位和/或相对距离。根据报点与纵中轴线的相对方位和接触面积信息获取终端预设界面的显示位置,和/或根据报点与纵中轴线的相对距离获取终端预设界面的界面尺寸。根据显示位置和/或界面尺寸生成得到设置信息。In an embodiment, the step of obtaining setting information for the preset interface of the terminal according to the reporting point information and the contact area information may include, but is not limited to: obtaining the relative orientation and/or the vertical axis of the reporting point according to the reporting point information relative distance. Obtain the display position of the preset interface of the terminal according to the relative position and contact area information of the reporting point and the longitudinal central axis, and/or acquire the interface size of the preset interface of the terminal according to the relative distance between the reporting point and the longitudinal central axis. The setting information is generated according to the display position and/or interface size.
在一实施方式中,具体地,本实施例提供的单手模式控制方法通过根据报点与纵中轴线的相对方位和接触面积信息能够更加精确地判断出手的属性,从而根据手的属性确定终端预设界面的设置位置,因此,本实施单手模式控制方法能够实现智能化、精确地的单手模式控制,以实现提升用户使用单手模式的体验感的目的。In an embodiment, specifically, the single-handed mode control method provided in this embodiment can more accurately determine the attributes of the hand based on the relative position and contact area information between the reporting point and the longitudinal axis, so as to determine the terminal according to the attributes of the hand. The setting position of the interface is preset. Therefore, the one-handed mode control method of this implementation can realize intelligent and precise one-handed mode control, so as to achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the one-handed mode.
在一实施方式中,本实施例中提到的纵中轴线和横中轴线可以但不限于作为终端内部计算的参考,在预设区域内可以不显示。In an implementation manner, the vertical center axis and the horizontal center axis mentioned in this embodiment may, but are not limited to, serve as a reference for internal calculation of the terminal, and may not be displayed in a preset area.
申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法在获取显示指令后,能够根据显示指令显示预设区域,从而能够根据用户针对预设区域中的预设操作对单手模式进行相应的控制以开启适合用户的单手模式,从而满足用户的需求。故,本申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法能够实现提升用户使用单手模式的体验感的目的。The one-handed mode control method provided in the application embodiment can display the preset area according to the display instruction after obtaining the display instruction, so that the one-handed mode can be controlled correspondingly according to the user's preset operation in the preset area to turn on the one-handed mode suitable for the user One-handed mode to meet the needs of users. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the single-handed mode.
本申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法,应用于终端,包括步骤:The one-handed mode control method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal and includes the steps:
获取在终端的预设区域下触发的预设操作;Acquire the preset operation triggered under the preset area of the terminal;
根据预设操作,按照预设规则控制终端开启单手模式。According to the preset operation, the terminal is controlled to turn on the one-handed mode according to the preset rule.
在一实施方式中,其中,预设区域可以但不限于包括:单手模式开关控件、终端预设屏幕区域、终端预设物理按键、终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。In an embodiment, the preset area may, but is not limited to, include at least one of a one-handed mode switch control, a terminal preset screen area, a terminal preset physical key, and a terminal preset fingerprint sensor.
在一实施方式中,其中,预设操作可以但不限于包括以下至少一种:触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个。和/或,接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置(或报点信息)中的至少一个。和/或,接触时长。和/或,操作方向。In an embodiment, the preset operation may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: touch information, including at least one of single click, double click, double press, long press, and sliding. And/or, the contact information includes at least one of a contact area and a contact location (or report point information). And/or, the length of contact. And/or, the direction of operation.
在一实施方式中,在根据预设操作,按照预设规则控制终端开启单手模式中,其中,预设规则包括以下至少一种:In one embodiment, in controlling the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode according to a preset rule according to a preset operation, the preset rule includes at least one of the following:
根据所述触控操作信息的触发区域开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger area of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的触发方式开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the touch operation information;
根据所述触控操作信息的操作手势开启对应的单手模式。The corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
具体地,预设规则可以但不限于包括以下至少一种:根据预设操作的触发区域开启对应的单手模式(例如,识别第一操作对应的第一触发区域,将第一触发区域与预设操作的触发区域比对。当第一触发区域与第一预设操作的触发区域匹配时,开启左手模式。和/或,当 第一触发区域与第二预设操作的触发区域匹配时,开启右手模式)。根据预设操作的触发方式开启对应的单手模式(识别第一操作,将第一操作与预设操作比对。当第一操作与第一预设操作匹配时,开启左手模式。和/或,当第一操作与第二预设操作匹配时,开启右手模式)。根据预设操作的操作手势开启对应的单手模式(识别第一操作对应的第一操作手势,将第一操作手势与预设操作的操作手势比对。当第一操作手势与第一预设操作的操作手势匹配时,开启左手模式。和/或,当第一操作手势与第二预设操作的操作手势匹配时,开启右手模式)。Specifically, the preset rule may, but is not limited to, include at least one of the following: turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger area of the preset operation (for example, identify the first trigger area corresponding to the first operation, and compare the first trigger area with the preset Set the trigger area comparison of the operation. When the first trigger area matches the trigger area of the first preset operation, turn on the left-hand mode. And/or, when the first trigger area matches the trigger area of the second preset operation, Turn on right-hand mode). Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the preset operation (identify the first operation, compare the first operation with the preset operation. When the first operation matches the first preset operation, turn on the left-handed mode. and/or , When the first operation matches the second preset operation, turn on the right-hand mode). Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the operation gesture of the preset operation (identify the first operation gesture corresponding to the first operation, and compare the first operation gesture with the operation gesture of the preset operation. When the first operation gesture is compared with the first preset operation) When the operation gesture of the operation matches, the left-hand mode is turned on. And/or, when the first operation gesture matches the operation gesture of the second preset operation, the right-hand mode is turned on).
本申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法在获取从终端的预设区域触发的预设操作后,能够根据预设操作按照预设规则控制终端开启单手模式以满足用户的需求。故,本申请实施例提供的单手模式控制方法能够实现提升用户使用单手模式的体验感的目的。The one-handed mode control method provided by the embodiment of the present application can control the terminal to turn on the one-handed mode according to the preset operation according to the preset rules after acquiring the preset operation triggered from the preset area of the terminal to meet the needs of the user. Therefore, the single-handed mode control method provided in the embodiments of the present application can achieve the purpose of improving the user's experience of using the single-handed mode.
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本申请实施例提供了一种终端,如图17所示,该终端包括:处理器110和用于存储能够在处理器110上运行的计算机程序的存储器111;其中,图17中示意的处理器110并非用于指代处理器110的个数为一个,而是仅用于指代处理器110相对其他器件的位置关系,在实际应用中,处理器110的个数可以为一个或多个;同样,图17中示意的存储器111也是同样的含义,即仅用于指代存储器111相对其他器件的位置关系,在实际应用中,存储器111的个数可以为一个或多个。所述处理器110用于运行所述计算机程序时,实现应用于上述终端的所述单手模式控制方法。Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal, as shown in FIG. 17, the terminal includes: a processor 110 and a memory 111 for storing a computer program that can run on the processor 110; Wherein, the processor 110 illustrated in FIG. 17 is not used to refer to the number of processors 110 as one, but only used to refer to the positional relationship of the processor 110 with respect to other devices. In practical applications, the processor 110 The number can be one or more; similarly, the memory 111 illustrated in FIG. 17 has the same meaning, that is, it is only used to refer to the positional relationship of the memory 111 relative to other devices. In practical applications, the number of the memory 111 can be one or more. The processor 110 is configured to implement the single-handed mode control method applied to the aforementioned terminal when running the computer program.
该终端还可包括:至少一个网络接口112。该终端中的各个组件通过总线系统113耦合在一起。可理解,总线系统113用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。总线系统113除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图17中将各种总线都标为总线系统113。The terminal may further include: at least one network interface 112. The various components in the terminal are coupled together through the bus system 113. It can be understood that the bus system 113 is used to implement connection and communication between these components. In addition to the data bus, the bus system 113 also includes a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clear description, various buses are marked as the bus system 113 in FIG. 17.
其中,存储器111可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,也可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(ROM,Read Only Memory)、可编程只读存储器(PROM,Programmable Read-Only Memory)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM,Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM,Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)、磁性随机存取存储器(FRAM,ferromagnetic random access memory)、快闪存储器(Flash Memory)、磁表面存储器、光盘、或只读光盘(CD-ROM,Compact Disc Read-Only Memory);磁表面存储器可以是磁盘存储器或磁带存储器。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(SRAM,Static Random Access Memory)、同步静态随机存取存储器(SSRAM,Synchronous Static Random Access Memory)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM,Dynamic Random Access Memory)、同步动态随机存取存储器(SDRAM,Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(DDRSDRAM,Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(ESDRAM,Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(SLDRAM,SyncLink Dynamic Random Access Memory)、直接内存总线随机存取存储器(DRRAM,Direct Rambus Random Access Memory)。本申请实施例描述的存储器111旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。Among them, the memory 111 may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, and may also include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM, Read Only Memory), programmable read-only memory (PROM, Programmable Read-Only Memory), and erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM, Erasable Programmable Read- Only Memory, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), magnetic random access memory (FRAM, ferromagnetic random access memory), flash memory (Flash Memory), magnetic surface memory , CD-ROM, or CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory); magnetic surface memory can be magnetic disk storage or tape storage. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM, Static Random Access Memory), synchronous static random access memory (SSRAM, Synchronous Static Random Access Memory), and dynamic random access memory. Memory (DRAM, Dynamic Random Access Memory), Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM, Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory), Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (DDRSDRAM, Double Data Rate Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory), enhanced Type synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM, Enhanced Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM, SyncLink Dynamic Random Access Memory), direct memory bus random access memory (DRRAM, Direct Rambus Random Access Memory) ). The memory 111 described in the embodiment of the present application is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例中的存储器111用于存储各种类型的数据以支持该终端的操作。这些数据的示例包括:用于在该终端上操作的任何计算机程序,如操作系统和应用程序;联系人数据;电话簿数据;消息;图片;视频等。其中,操作系统包含各种系统程序,例如框架层、核心库层、驱动层等,用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。应用程序可以包含各种应用程序,例如媒体播放器(Media Player)、浏览器(Browser)等,用于实现各种应 用业务。这里,实现本申请实施例方法的程序可以包含在应用程序中。The memory 111 in the embodiment of the present application is used to store various types of data to support the operation of the terminal. Examples of these data include: any computer programs used to operate on the terminal, such as operating systems and applications; contact data; phone book data; messages; pictures; videos, etc. Among them, the operating system contains various system programs, such as a framework layer, a core library layer, and a driver layer, which are used to implement various basic services and process hardware-based tasks. Application programs can include various applications, such as Media Player, Browser, etc., which are used to implement various application services. Here, the program that implements the method of the embodiment of the present application may be included in the application program.
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质中存储有计算机程序,计算机存储介质可以是磁性随机存取存储器(FRAM,ferromagnetic random access memory)、只读存储器(ROM,Read Only Memory)、可编程只读存储器(PROM,Programmable Read-Only Memory)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM,Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM,Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)、快闪存储器(Flash Memory)、磁表面存储器、光盘、或只读光盘(CD-ROM,Compact Disc Read-Only Memory)等存储器;也可以是包括上述存储器之一或任意组合的各种设备,如移动电话、计算机、平板设备、个人数字助理等。所述计算机存储介质中存储的计算机程序被处理器运行时,实现应用于上述终端的所述单手模式控制方法。所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现的具体步骤流程请参考图1或图16所示实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, this embodiment also provides a computer storage medium in which a computer program is stored. The computer storage medium may be a magnetic random access memory (FRAM, ferromagnetic random access memory). , Read Only Memory (ROM, Read Only Memory), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM, Programmable Read-Only Memory), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), and electrically erasable Programmable read-only memory (EEPROM, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), flash memory (Flash Memory), magnetic surface memory, optical disc, or CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory) and other memories; It may also be a variety of devices including one or any combination of the above-mentioned memories, such as mobile phones, computers, tablet devices, personal digital assistants, and so on. When the computer program stored in the computer storage medium is run by the processor, the single-handed mode control method applied to the above-mentioned terminal is implemented. Please refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 16 for the specific step flow realized when the computer program is executed by the processor, which will not be repeated here.
基于前述实施例相同的申请构思,本实施例通过具体示例对前述实施例的技术方案进行详细说明。本实施例中以所述终端为手机、且用户通过两个不同手指对终端的触摸屏执行触控操作,即使用双指进行单手模式打开操作为例,图18为本申请实施例提供的一种单手模式控制方法的具体流程示意图,包括以下步骤:Based on the same application concept of the foregoing embodiment, this embodiment uses specific examples to illustrate the technical solutions of the foregoing embodiment in detail. In this embodiment, the terminal is a mobile phone, and the user performs touch operations on the touch screen of the terminal through two different fingers, that is, using two fingers to open the single-handed mode as an example. FIG. 18 is an example provided by this embodiment of the application. The specific flow diagram of a single-handed mode control method includes the following steps:
步骤S31:获取第一报点信息;Step S31: Obtain the first reporting point information;
步骤S32:判断是否存在第二报点信息,若是,则执行步骤S33,否则执行步骤S34;Step S32: Determine whether there is second report information, if yes, go to step S33, otherwise go to step S34;
这里,当检测到第一报点时,判断此时是否存在第二报点,若存在,则执行步骤S33,以继续进行是否开启单手模式的检测;若不存在,则执行步骤S34。Here, when the first report point is detected, it is determined whether there is a second report point at this time. If it does, step S33 is executed to continue the detection of whether the single-handed mode is turned on; if it does not exist, step S34 is executed.
步骤S33:检测是否满足以下任意一种条件:两报点处于预设位置、两指的接触面积都大于面积阈值、两指的压力都大于压力阈值、两报点都识别到指纹信息、两指的接触形状与手指相似、两指同时存在超过一时间阈值、两指的运动轨迹相同、两指在设定时长有多次点击事件,若满足,则执行步骤S35,否则执行步骤S34;Step S33: Detect whether any one of the following conditions is met: the two reporting points are in the preset position, the contact area of the two fingers is greater than the area threshold, the pressure of the two fingers is greater than the pressure threshold, the fingerprint information is recognized at both reporting points, and the two fingers The contact shape of is similar to the finger, the two fingers exist at the same time for more than a time threshold, the motion trajectory of the two fingers is the same, and the two fingers have multiple click events during the set time. If it is satisfied, perform step S35; otherwise, perform step S34;
步骤S34:停止检测;Step S34: stop the detection;
步骤S35:开启单手模式。Step S35: Turn on the one-handed mode.
这里,上述检测过程可概况如下:Here, the above detection process can be summarized as follows:
当检测到第一报点后,判断此时是否存在第二报点;When the first report point is detected, judge whether there is a second report point at this time;
若第二个报点存在,则判断第一个报点与第二个报点是否都处于预设位置,若判断成功,则自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数;If the second report point exists, judge whether the first report point and the second report point are both in the preset position. If the judgment is successful, the one-hand mode is automatically turned on, and if the judgment fails, continue to judge other parameters;
若第二个报点存在,则触摸屏获取两指此时与触摸屏的接触面积,若面积同时大于一定阈值,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式。若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数;If the second report point exists, the touch screen obtains the contact area of the two fingers with the touch screen at this time. If the area is larger than a certain threshold at the same time, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, continue to judge other parameters;
若第二个报点存在,则触摸屏获取两指对屏幕压力,若压力大于一定阈值,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数;If the second report point exists, the touch screen obtains the pressure of two fingers on the screen. If the pressure is greater than a certain threshold, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, it continues to judge other parameters;
若第二个报点存在,则触摸屏获取两指指纹信息,若都存在指纹信息,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数;If the second report point exists, the touch screen will obtain the fingerprint information of two fingers. If both fingerprint information exists, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, the other parameters are continued to be judged;
若第二个报点存在,则获取两指与触摸屏接触形状,若都与手指形状相似,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数;If the second report point exists, get the contact shape between the two fingers and the touch screen. If they are similar to the finger shape, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, the judgment continues for other parameters;
若第二个报点存在,则判断两点是否同时存在超过一定时间,若超过一定时间,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数;If the second report point exists, judge whether the two points exist at the same time for more than a certain time. If it exceeds a certain time, the judgment is successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, it continues to judge other parameters;
若第二个报点存在,则继续获取两个报点的轨迹,若两报点轨迹形状相同,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数。If the second report point exists, continue to obtain the trajectory of the two report points. If the trajectory shape of the two report points is the same, the judgment is successful and the one-hand mode is automatically turned on. If the judgment fails, the other parameters are continued to be judged.
若第二个报点存在,则继续获取短时间内是否有两指的多次点击时间,若存在,则判断成功,自动开启单手模式,若判断失败,则继续判断其他参数。If the second report point exists, continue to obtain whether there are multiple clicks of two fingers in a short period of time. If it exists, it is judged as successful and the one-handed mode is automatically turned on. If the judgement fails, it continues to judge other parameters.
综上,上述单手模式控制方法通过检测两指的触控操作是否满足单手模式的开启条件,以确定是否开启单手模式,操作便捷,方便用户进行操作。In summary, the aforementioned single-handed mode control method detects whether the two-finger touch operation meets the opening conditions of the single-handed mode to determine whether to open the single-handed mode, which is convenient for operation and convenient for the user to operate.
以上所述实施例的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合,为使描述简洁,未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述,然而,只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾,都应当认为是本说明书记载的范围。The technical features of the above-mentioned embodiments can be combined arbitrarily. In order to make the description concise, all possible combinations of the various technical features in the above-mentioned embodiments are not described. However, as long as there is no contradiction in the combination of these technical features, All should be considered as the scope of this specification.
在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,除了包含所列的那些要素,而且还可包含没有明确列出的其他要素。In this article, the terms "include", "include" or any other variants thereof are intended to encompass non-exclusive inclusion, in addition to including those elements listed, but also other elements not explicitly listed.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,其中,包括步骤:A single-hand mode control method, applied to a terminal supporting touch function, which includes the steps:
    S11、获取触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;S11. Acquire touch operation information, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
    S12、当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。S12: When the touch operation information meets a preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述步骤S11包括:The one-handed mode control method according to claim 1, wherein the step S11 comprises:
    检测触控操作;Detect touch operation;
    当所述触控操作满足预设规则时,获取所述触控操作信息。When the touch operation satisfies a preset rule, the touch operation information is acquired.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设规则,包括:所述第一触控操作位于第一预设区域内且所述第二触控操作位于第二预设区域内、第一触控操作的操作时间和第二触控操作的操作时间满足预设时间条件、第一触控操作的使用指纹和第二触控操作的使用指纹满足预设指纹条件中的至少一个。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 2, wherein the preset rule comprises: the first touch operation is located in a first preset area and the second touch operation is located in a second preset area In the area, the operation time of the first touch operation and the operation time of the second touch operation meet the preset time condition, the fingerprint used for the first touch operation and the fingerprint used for the second touch operation meet the preset fingerprint conditions at least one.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述触控操作信息包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 1, wherein the touch operation information comprises:
    触控操作的位置、触控操作的接触面积、触控操作的接触形状、触控操作的触控压力、触发触控操作的对象、触控操作的触控时长、触控操作的触控轨迹、以及触控操作的触控次数中的至少一种。The position of the touch operation, the contact area of the touch operation, the contact shape of the touch operation, the touch pressure of the touch operation, the object that triggers the touch operation, the touch duration of the touch operation, the touch trajectory of the touch operation , And at least one of the number of touch operations.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设条件包括下述条件的至少一种:The one-handed mode control method according to claim 4, wherein the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    所述触控操作的位置满足位置预设条件;The position of the touch operation satisfies a position preset condition;
    所述触控操作的接触面积满足面积预设条件;The contact area of the touch operation satisfies a preset area condition;
    所述触控操作的接触形状满足形状预设条件;The contact shape of the touch operation satisfies the shape preset condition;
    所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件;The touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition;
    所述触控操作的触发对象满足对象预设条件,所述触发对象满足对象预设条件,包括:所述触发对象是预设手指、与所述终端连接的预设输入设备中的至少一种;The trigger object of the touch operation satisfies a preset condition of the object, and the trigger object satisfies the preset condition of the object, including: the trigger object is at least one of a preset finger and a preset input device connected to the terminal ;
    所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件;The touch duration of the touch operation satisfies a preset condition of duration;
    所述触控操作的触控轨迹满足轨迹预设条件;The touch trajectory of the touch operation satisfies the trajectory preset condition;
    所述触控操作的触控次数满足次数预设条件。The number of touch operations of the touch operation meets the preset condition of the number of times.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述满足位置预设条件,包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 5, wherein the satisfying the position preset condition comprises:
    当所述第一触控操作位于第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作未位于第二预设区域;或,When the first touch operation is located in the first preset area, the second touch operation is not located in the second preset area; or,
    当所述第一触控操作未在所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域;或,When the first touch operation is not in the first preset area, the second touch operation is in the second preset area; or,
    当所述第一触控操作位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域。When the first touch operation is located in the first preset area, the second touch operation is located in the second preset area.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述开启单手模式,包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 6, wherein said turning on the single-handed mode comprises:
    当所述第一触控操作位于所述第一预设区域,所述第二触控操作位于所述第二预设区域时,检测所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作的结束时间,根据检测结果开启对应的单手模式。When the first touch operation is located in the first preset area and the second touch operation is located in the second preset area, the first touch operation and the second touch operation are detected At the end of the time, the corresponding one-handed mode is activated according to the test result.
  8. 根据权利要求6所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述S12步骤,还包括:The one-handed mode control method according to claim 6, wherein the step S12 further comprises:
    当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件,开启单手模式;和/或,When the touch duration of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset time condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area When the duration meets the second preset time condition, the one-handed mode is turned on; and/or,
    当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件,开启单手模式;和/或,When the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset pressure condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area The pressure satisfies the second preset pressure condition, and the one-handed mode is activated; and/or,
    当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控轨迹满足第一预设轨迹条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控轨迹满足第二预设轨迹条件,开启单手模式;和/或,When the touch trajectory of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the first preset trajectory condition, and/or, the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area The trajectory meets the second preset trajectory condition, and the one-handed mode is turned on; and/or,
    当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的触控次数满足第一预设次数条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的触控次数满足第二预设次数条件,开启单手模式;和/或,When the number of touches of the first touch operation in the first preset area meets the condition of the first preset number of times, and/or the touch of the second touch operation in the second preset area The number of times meets the second preset number of times condition, and the single-handed mode is turned on; and/or,
    当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触面积满足第一预设面积条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触面积满足第二预设面积条件,开启单手模式;和/或,When the contact area of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset area condition, and/or, the contact area of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset area condition is to turn on the one-handed mode; and/or,
    当所述第一触控操作在所述第一预设区域的接触形状满足第一预设形状条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述第二预设区域的接触形状满足第二预设形状条件,开启单手模式。When the contact shape of the first touch operation in the first preset area satisfies a first preset shape condition, and/or, the contact shape of the second touch operation in the second preset area satisfies The second preset shape condition turns on the one-handed mode.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述第一触控操作和所述第二触控操作为同时操作或串行操作。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 1, wherein the first touch operation and the second touch operation are simultaneous operations or serial operations.
  10. 根据权利要求3所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设区域上不同区域对应不同单手模式。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 3, wherein different areas on the preset area correspond to different single-handed modes.
  11. 根据权利要求10中的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设区域上不同区域对应不同单手模式,,包括:所述预设区域左侧对应左手单手模式,右侧对应右手单手模式。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 10, wherein different areas on the preset area correspond to different single-handed modes, comprising: the left side of the preset area corresponds to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side corresponds to the right-handed single-handed mode. mode.
  12. 一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,其中,包括步骤:A single-hand mode control method, applied to a terminal supporting touch function, which includes the steps:
    S21、获取预设区域上的触控操作信息,所述触控操作包括第一触控操作和第二触控操作;S21: Acquire touch operation information on a preset area, where the touch operation includes a first touch operation and a second touch operation;
    S22、当所述触控操作信息满足预设条件时,开启单手模式。S22: When the touch operation information meets a preset condition, turn on the one-handed mode.
  13. 根据权利要求12中的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述触控操作信息包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 12, wherein the touch operation information includes:
    触控操作的触控压力、触控操作的触控时长中的至少一种。At least one of the touch pressure of the touch operation and the touch duration of the touch operation.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设条件包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 13, wherein the preset condition comprises:
    所述触控操作的触控压力满足压力预设条件,是指第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控压力大于或小于所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控压力;或者,所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域的触控压力满足第一预设压力条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域的触控压力满足第二预设压力条件。The touch pressure of the touch operation satisfies the pressure preset condition, which means that the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the preset area is greater than or less than that of the second touch operation in the preset area Or, the touch pressure of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies a first preset pressure condition, and/or, the second touch operation is in the preset area The touch pressure satisfies the second preset pressure condition.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设条件包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 13, wherein the preset condition comprises:
    所述触控操作的触控时长满足时长预设条件,是指第一触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长大于或小于所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域内的触控时长;或者,所述第一触控操作在所述预设区域的触控时长满足第一预设时间条件,和/或,所述第二触控操作在所述预设区域的触控时长满足第二预设时间条件。The touch duration of the touch operation satisfies the preset duration condition, which means that the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area is greater than or less than that of the second touch operation in the preset area Or, the touch duration of the first touch operation in the preset area satisfies a first preset time condition, and/or, the second touch operation is in the preset area The touch duration satisfies the second preset time condition.
  16. 根据权利要求12中的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述第一触控操作和第二触控操作为同时操作或串行操作。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 12, wherein the first touch operation and the second touch operation are simultaneous operations or serial operations.
  17. 根据权利要求12中的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设区域上不同区域对应不同单手模式。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 12, wherein different areas on the preset area correspond to different single-handed modes.
  18. 根据权利要求17中的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设区域上不同区域对应不同单手模式,包括:所述预设区域左侧对应左手单手模式,右侧对应右手单手模式。The single-handed mode control method according to claim 17, wherein different areas on the preset area correspond to different single-handed modes, including: the left side of the preset area corresponds to the left-handed single-handed mode, and the right side corresponds to the right-handed single-handed mode .
  19. 一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,其中,包括步骤:A single-hand mode control method, applied to a terminal supporting touch function, which includes the steps:
    S31、获取显示指令;S31. Obtain a display instruction;
    S32、根据所述显示指令显示预设区域;S32. Display a preset area according to the display instruction;
    S33、根据在所述预设区域接收的触控操作信息,开启单手模式。S33: Turn on the single-handed mode according to the touch operation information received in the preset area.
  20. 如权利要求19所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述S31步骤,包括:The single-handed mode control method of claim 19, wherein the step S31 includes:
    验证针对预设操控对象的操作信息是否满足预设条件;Verify whether the operation information for the preset control object meets the preset conditions;
    若满足,则触发所述显示指令。If it is satisfied, the display instruction is triggered.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设操控对象包括:22. The single-handed mode control method of claim 20, wherein the preset manipulation object comprises:
    单手模式开关控件、终端预设屏幕区域、终端预设物理按键、终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。At least one of one-handed mode switch control, terminal preset screen area, terminal preset physical keys, and terminal preset fingerprint sensor.
  22. 如权利要求20所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设条件包括下述条件中的至 少一种:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 20, wherein the preset condition includes at least one of the following conditions:
    单手模式开关控件接收到第一预设操作;The one-handed mode switch control receives the first preset operation;
    终端屏幕预设区域接收到第二预设操作;The second preset operation is received in the preset area of the terminal screen;
    终端预设物理按键接收到第三预设操作;The terminal preset physical button receives the third preset operation;
    终端预设指纹传感器接收到第四预设操作。The terminal presets the fingerprint sensor to receive the fourth preset operation.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,The one-handed mode control method according to claim 22, wherein:
    所述第一预设操作、所述第二预设操作、所述第三预设操作和第四预设操作包括以下至少一种:The first preset operation, the second preset operation, the third preset operation, and the fourth preset operation include at least one of the following:
    触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个;和/或,Touch information, including at least one of single click, double tap, double press, long press, and swipe; and/or,
    接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个;和/或,Contact information, including at least one of contact area and contact location; and/or,
    接触时长;和/或,Length of contact; and/or,
    操作方向。Operation direction.
  24. 如权利要求19至23任一项所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The single-handed mode control method according to any one of claims 19 to 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取所述显示指令和/或状态信息;Acquiring the display instruction and/or status information;
    根据所述显示指令和/或所述状态信息显示所述预设区域;Displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or the status information;
    其中,所述状态信息包括:Wherein, the status information includes:
    用户状态信息、终端状态信息、环境状态信息中的至少一种。At least one of user status information, terminal status information, and environment status information.
  25. 如权利要求24所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,The one-handed mode control method according to claim 24, wherein:
    所述用户状态信息包括:人眼信息、用户速度信息、手持所述终端中的至少一种;和/或,所述终端状态信息包括:时间信息、地点信息、速度信息、所述终端姿态信息中的至少一种;和/或,The user status information includes at least one of human eye information, user speed information, and holding the terminal; and/or, the terminal status information includes time information, location information, speed information, and terminal posture information At least one of; and/or,
    所述环境状态信息包括:亮度信息、噪音信息中的至少一种。The environmental state information includes at least one of brightness information and noise information.
  26. 如权利要求24所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,The one-handed mode control method according to claim 24, wherein:
    所述根据所述显示指令和/或所述状态信息显示所述预设区域的步骤,包括:The step of displaying the preset area according to the display instruction and/or the status information includes:
    在所述状态信息符合预设规则时,则显示所述预设区域;和/或,When the status information conforms to a preset rule, the preset area is displayed; and/or,
    在所述状态信息不符合预设规则时,则不显示所述预设区域。When the status information does not conform to a preset rule, the preset area is not displayed.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设规则,包括下述规则中的至少一种:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 26, wherein the preset rule includes at least one of the following rules:
    用户注视所述终端屏幕、用户手持所述终端、用户速度在预设允许速度范围内、所述终端时间在预设允许时间段内、所述终端地点在预设允许地点范围内、所述终端速度在预设速度范围内、所述终端姿态是被握持状态、所述环境亮度值大于或等于预设亮度阈值、所述环境噪音值小于或等于预设噪音阈值。The user looks at the terminal screen, the user holds the terminal, the user speed is within the preset allowable speed range, the terminal time is within the preset allowable time period, the terminal location is within the preset allowable location range, the terminal The speed is within a preset speed range, the terminal posture is in a held state, the environmental brightness value is greater than or equal to a preset brightness threshold, and the environmental noise value is less than or equal to a preset noise threshold.
  28. 如权利要求19至23任一项所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述S31步骤中,所述显示指令为针对所述终端预设屏幕区域执行预设操作指令。The single-handed mode control method according to any one of claims 19 to 23, wherein, in the step S31, the display instruction is to execute a preset operation instruction for a preset screen area of the terminal.
  29. 如权利要求28所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述S32步骤中,显示的所述预设区域包括:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 28, wherein, in the step S32, the preset area displayed includes:
    单手模式开关控件、终端预设屏幕区域、终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个。At least one of one-handed mode switch control, terminal preset screen area, and terminal preset fingerprint sensor.
  30. 如权利要求19至23任一项所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述S33步骤,包括以下至少一种:The single-handed mode control method according to any one of claims 19 to 23, wherein the step S33 includes at least one of the following:
    根据所述触控操作信息的触发区域开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger area of the touch operation information;
    根据所述触控操作信息的触发方式开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the touch operation information;
    根据所述触控操作信息的操作手势开启对应的单手模式。The corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
  31. 如权利要求19至23任一项所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,在所述预设区域的触控操作信息包括以下至少一种:The single-handed mode control method according to any one of claims 19 to 23, wherein the touch operation information in the preset area includes at least one of the following:
    触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个;和/或,Touch information, including at least one of single click, double tap, double press, long press, and swipe; and/or,
    接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个;和/或,Contact information, including at least one of contact area and contact location; and/or,
    接触时长;和/或,Length of contact; and/or,
    操作方向。Operation direction.
  32. 一种单手模式控制方法,应用于支持触摸功能的终端,其中,包括步骤:A single-hand mode control method, applied to a terminal supporting touch function, which includes the steps:
    S41、获取在所述终端的预设区域触发的触控操作信息;S41. Acquire touch operation information triggered in a preset area of the terminal;
    S42、根据所述触控操作信息,按照预设规则控制所述终端开启单手模式。S42. According to the touch operation information, control the terminal to turn on the single-handed mode according to a preset rule.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,The one-handed mode control method according to claim 32, wherein:
    所述预设区域包括:单手模式开关控件、所述终端预设屏幕区域、所述终端预设物理按键、所述终端预设指纹传感器中的至少一个;和/或,The preset area includes: at least one of a one-handed mode switch control, a preset screen area of the terminal, a preset physical key of the terminal, and a preset fingerprint sensor of the terminal; and/or,
    所述触控操作信息包括以下至少一种:The touch operation information includes at least one of the following:
    触控信息,包括单击、双击、重按、长按、滑动中的至少一个;和/或,Touch information, including at least one of single click, double tap, double press, long press, and swipe; and/or,
    接触信息,包括接触面积、接触位置中的至少一个;和/或,Contact information, including at least one of contact area and contact location; and/or,
    接触时长;和/或,Length of contact; and/or,
    操作方向。Operation direction.
  34. 如权利要求32或33所述的单手模式控制方法,其中,所述预设规则包括以下至少一种:The single-handed mode control method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the preset rule includes at least one of the following:
    根据所述触控操作信息的触发区域开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding single-handed mode according to the trigger area of the touch operation information;
    根据所述触控操作信息的触发方式开启对应的单手模式;Turn on the corresponding one-handed mode according to the trigger mode of the touch operation information;
    根据所述触控操作信息的操作手势开启对应的单手模式。The corresponding single-handed mode is turned on according to the operation gesture of the touch operation information.
  35. 一种支持触摸功能的终端,其中,包括:处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器,其中,所述处理器运行所述计算机程序时,实现如权利要求1所述的单手模式控制方法的步骤。A terminal supporting a touch function, comprising: a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can run on the processor, wherein, when the processor runs the computer program, the implementation as described in claim 1 The steps of the one-handed mode control method.
  36. 一种计算机存储介质,其中,存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时,实现如权利要求1所述的单手模式控制方法的步骤。A computer storage medium, wherein a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the single-handed mode control method according to claim 1 are realized.
PCT/CN2020/104945 2019-10-25 2020-07-27 One-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium WO2021077832A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201911023608.5 2019-10-25
CN201911023608.5A CN110806833A (en) 2019-10-25 2019-10-25 Single-hand mode starting method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN201911085920.7 2019-11-08
CN201911085920.7A CN110944084B (en) 2019-11-08 2019-11-08 Single-hand mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021077832A1 true WO2021077832A1 (en) 2021-04-29

Family

ID=75619661

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/104945 WO2021077832A1 (en) 2019-10-25 2020-07-27 One-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021077832A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20150033310A (en) * 2013-09-24 2015-04-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal
CN106168877A (en) * 2016-06-28 2016-11-30 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Enter the method and device of singlehanded pattern
CN107704189A (en) * 2017-10-27 2018-02-16 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of method, terminal and computer-readable recording medium for controlling terminal
CN110333797A (en) * 2019-06-28 2019-10-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic equipment and its control method
CN110806833A (en) * 2019-10-25 2020-02-18 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Single-hand mode starting method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN110944084A (en) * 2019-11-08 2020-03-31 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Single-hand mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN111078087A (en) * 2019-11-25 2020-04-28 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Mobile terminal, control mode switching method, and computer-readable storage medium

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20150033310A (en) * 2013-09-24 2015-04-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal
CN106168877A (en) * 2016-06-28 2016-11-30 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Enter the method and device of singlehanded pattern
CN107704189A (en) * 2017-10-27 2018-02-16 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of method, terminal and computer-readable recording medium for controlling terminal
CN110333797A (en) * 2019-06-28 2019-10-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Electronic equipment and its control method
CN110806833A (en) * 2019-10-25 2020-02-18 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Single-hand mode starting method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN110944084A (en) * 2019-11-08 2020-03-31 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Single-hand mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN111078087A (en) * 2019-11-25 2020-04-28 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Mobile terminal, control mode switching method, and computer-readable storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10387016B2 (en) Method and terminal for displaying a plurality of pages,method and terminal for displaying a plurality of applications being executed on terminal, and method of executing a plurality of applications
JP5893060B2 (en) User interface method providing continuous zoom function
CN106843739B (en) A kind of display control method and mobile terminal of mobile terminal
US9671893B2 (en) Information processing device having touch screen with varying sensitivity regions
CN109428969B (en) Edge touch method and device of double-screen terminal and computer readable storage medium
KR102519800B1 (en) Electronic device
US7802202B2 (en) Computer interaction based upon a currently active input device
US20140313130A1 (en) Display control device, display control method, and computer program
US20140285456A1 (en) Screen control method and the apparatus
US20110060986A1 (en) Method for Controlling the Display of a Touch Screen, User Interface of the Touch Screen, and an Electronic Device using The Same
CN103383598A (en) Terminal and method for controlling the same based on spatial interaction
US20140071049A1 (en) Method and apparatus for providing one-handed user interface in mobile device having touch screen
WO2013091467A1 (en) Method and device for controlling application interface through drag gesture
TWI659333B (en) Computing device and method for processing movement-related data
US11740754B2 (en) Method for interface operation and terminal, storage medium thereof
CN110806833A (en) Single-hand mode starting method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN111142674A (en) Control method and electronic equipment
US10599326B2 (en) Eye motion and touchscreen gestures
WO2020258950A1 (en) Mobile terminal control method and mobile terminal
WO2021077832A1 (en) One-handed mode control method, terminal, and computer storage medium
CN105183353B (en) Multi-touch input method for touch equipment
US20140085340A1 (en) Method and electronic device for manipulating scale or rotation of graphic on display
CN110944084A (en) Single-hand mode control method, terminal and computer storage medium
CN110568989A (en) service processing method, service processing device, terminal and medium
US20230359278A1 (en) Tactile Feedback

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20879153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20879153

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1